This file was created with JabRef 1.7.
Encoding: ISO-8859-15

@STRING{beiprogramm = {{\TeX}-Beiprogramm}}

@STRING{bretter = {Bretter, die die Welt bedeuten}}

@STRING{dtk = {{D}ie {\TeX}nische {K}om{\"o}die}}

@STRING{editorial = {Editorial}}

@STRING{fremdebuehne = {Von fremden B{\"u}hnen}}

@STRING{fundus = {Aus dem Fundus}}

@STRING{hinterbuehne = {Hinter der B{\"u}hne}}

@STRING{leserbrief = {Leserbrief(e)}}

@STRING{magazin = {Magazin}}

@STRING{rezension = {Rezensionen}}

@STRING{schonimmer = {Was Sie schon immer {\"u}ber {\TeX} wissen wollten \dots}}

@STRING{theaterkasse = {Von der Theaterkasse}}

@STRING{theatertage = {{\TeX}-Theatertage}}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:latex3-projekt-team:news,
  author = {\LaTeX3-Projekt-Team},
  title = {News from {\LaTeX}3},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {1/93},
  pages = {32--34},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
  keywords = {\LaTeX3, \LaTeX-News, \LaTeX-Entwicklung},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:alighieri:goettliche,
  author = {Dante Alighieri},
  title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {1/91},
  pages = {30--31},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#magazin#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:alighieri:goettliche,
  author = {Dante Alighieri},
  title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {2/91},
  pages = {38},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#magazin#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:alighieri:goettliche,
  author = {Dante Alighieri},
  title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {1/90},
  pages = {46},
  month = mar,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#magazin#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:alighieri:goettliche,
  author = {Dante Alighieri},
  title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {2/90},
  pages = {41},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#magazin#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:alighieri:goettliche,
  author = {Dante Alighieri},
  title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {4/90},
  pages = {46--47},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:alighieri:goettliche,
  author = {Dante Alighieri},
  title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1989},
  volume = {0/89},
  pages = {32},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#magazin#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:astheimer:bemerkung,
  author = {Henning Astheimer},
  title = {Bemerkung zu den {S}ervern},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {3/91},
  pages = {44--45},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:baas:tex-makros,
  author = {Michael Baas},
  title = {{\TeX}-{M}akros f{\"u}r {F}ortgelaufene},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {1/94},
  pages = {34--40},
  month = jul,
  abstract = {Anhand eines konkreten Beispiels, {\"u}ber dessen praktische Zul{\"a}ssigkeit die
	 {\glqq}Fundis{\grqq} unter den {\TeX}-Anwendern sicherlich hei{\ss}e
	 Diskussionen f{\"u}hren k{\"o}nnten, wird das Problem aufgezeigt, einen
	 allgemeinen {\glqq}Definitionsmechanismus{\grqq} f{\"u}r Makros zu
	 entwickeln. Es werden schlie{\ss}lich drei Makros entwickelt, die es in
	 verschiedenen Varianten erlauben, beliebige Zeichen als Makro zu definieren.},
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:baas:briefe,
  author = {Michael Baas},
  title = {Briefe mit {\LaTeX} -- {E}in {\"U}berblick},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {3/91},
  pages = {37--40},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Briefe, Dinbriefe},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:barth.steiner:deutsche,
  author = {Wilhelm Barth and Helmut Steiner},
  title = {Deutsche {S}ilbentrennung f{\"u}r {\TeX} 3.1},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {1/92},
  pages = {33--35},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Silbentrennung},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:barthelmann:zaehler,
  author = {Klaus Barthelmann},
  title = {Z{\"a}hler nicht zur{\"u}cksetzen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {2/97},
  pages = {13--19},
  month = jul,
  abstract = {Angenommen, Sie m{\"o}chten die Dokumentenklasse \texttt{report}
	 verwenden und ihre Fu{\ss}noten fortlaufend durch den gesamten Text
	 numerieren. Sie bemerken aber, da{\ss} die Z{\"a}hlung in jedem Kapitel
	 neu beginnt. Was tun? Die saubere und einfache L{\"o}sung besteht
	 darin, \texttt{report.cls} zu kopieren, umzubenennen und die Zeile
	 \verb+\@addtoreset{footnote}{chapter}+ zu streichen. Nat{\"u}rlich k{\"o}nnen dann noch weitere
	 Anpassungen vorgenommen werden. Die unsaubere L{\"o}sung dagegen erfodert,
	 die Wirkung dieser Zeile nachtr{\"a}glich aufzuheben. Sie greift in
	 {\LaTeXe}-Interna ein und lehrt uns etwas {\"u}ber Listenverarbeitung in {\TeX}.},
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Fu{\ss}noten, Z{\"a}hler, Listenverarbeitung, Mouth, Stommach, Makro},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:bauhaus:gedanken,
  author = {Georg Bauhaus},
  title = {Gedanken zu {G}edanken zu {G}edankenstrichen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {1/95},
  pages = {48--50},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, Gedankenstriche},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:baumert:katzenbeisser,
  author = {Uwe Baumert},
  title = {Katzenbeisser, {"`V}on der {I}dee zum {D}okument -- {E}inf{\"u}hrung in {\TeX} und {\LaTeX"'}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {1/98},
  pages = {53--55},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  keywords = {Rezension},
  reference = {Stefan Katzenbeisser: \emph{Von der Idee zum Dokument --
	 Eine Einf{\"u}hrung in \TeX\ und \LaTeX}\\ R. Oldenbourg Verlag,
	 M{\"u}nchen, 2. Auflage 1997;\\ ISBN 3-486-24182-6\\ 230 Seiten, 69,00~DM},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:baumert:mit,
  author = {Uwe Baumert},
  title = {"`Mit {\LaTeXe} wissenschaftliche {A}rbeiten erstellen"' von {K}arsten {G}{\"u}nther {(Hg.)}/{T}horsten {Z}ilm},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/98},
  pages = {34--37},
  month = dec,
  annote = {#rezension#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:bayer:bericht,
  author = {Georg Bayer},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {VM}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {1/95},
  pages = {36},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {VM},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:bayer:bericht,
  author = {Georg Bayer},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {VM}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {3/94},
  pages = {39},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {VM},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:becker:devanangi-fonts,
  author = {Joachim U. Becker},
  title = {Devanangi-{F}onts f{\"u}r {\TeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {3/92},
  pages = {44-45},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, Devangangi, Fonts, Schriften},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:beeton:michael,
  author = {Barbara Beeton},
  title = {Michael John Downes},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {2/03},
  pages = {27},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:beitz:darstellung,
  author = {Eric Beitz},
  title = {Darstellung von Membranprotein-Topologien mit dem {\TeX}topo-Paket},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {3/00},
  pages = {36--},
  month = sep,
  abstract = {Wie zahlreiche Reaktionen auf das {\TeX}shade-Paket
	 f{\"u}r Nukleotid- und Pro\-teinsequenzvergleiche (DTK4/99) zeigen,
	 findet {\TeX} auch unter Bio\-wissen\-schaftlern seine Anwender. Nun
	 ist das n{\"a}chste {\TeX}-Makropaket f{\"u}r diesen Nutzerkreis
	 fertig gestellt. {\TeX}topo{} verarbeitet Daten zur Topologie von
	 Mem\-branproteinen und stellt sie schematisch dar. Dabei arbeitet es eng
	 mit oben genanntem {\TeX}shade{}-Paket zusammen, um automatisierte
	 Schattierungen zu erm{\"o}glichen. Beide Pakete zusammen genommen bilden den
	 Ausgangspunkt des Bio\TeX-Projekts, das ausgereifte {\TeX}-Makros
	 f{\"u}r Biochemiker/(Moleku\-lar-)Biologen zur Verf{\"u}gung stellen
	 will. Online-Dokumentationen und weitere Informationen finden sich
	 unter der URL \texttt{http://homepages.uni-tuebingen.de/beitz}. },
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:beitz:texshade-paket,
  author = {Eric Beitz},
  title = {Das \texttt{texshade}-Paket: Setzen von Nukleotid- und Protein\textsl{alignments}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {4/99},
  pages = {37--43},
  month = nov,
  abstract = {Das \emph{naturwissenschaftliche} Satzprogramm {\TeX} hat sich aufgrund der
	 M{\"o}glichkeiten im Formelsatz bisher haupts{\"a}chlich in mathematisch
	 orientierten Fachrichtungen etabliert. Unter Biowissenschaftlern scheint es
	 dagegen nicht sehr verbreitet zu sein. Doch eignet sich {\TeX} als
	 Makrosprache hervorragend zur Darstellung und Schattierung von DNA-
	 oder Proteinsequenzvergleichen, sogenannten \emph{Alignments}. Das
	 {\TeX}shade{}-Paket wurde entwickelt, um bei einfachster Handhabung
	 Sequenzvergleiche flexibel und aussagekr{\"a}ftig zu gestalten. },
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:benischke:huellen,
  author = {Florian Benischke},
  title = {H{\"u}llen f{\"u}r Musikkassetten},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {3/02},
  pages = {41--43},
  month = oct,
  abstract = {Mit Hilfe von \texttt{mceinleger.sty} lassen sich H{\"u}llen und Einleger für Musikkassetten
	 erstellen. Dieser Artikel soll dieses Paket vorstellen und seine Benutzung
	 erleichtern. Unter "`H{\"u}lle"' wird in diesem Zusammenhang eine Einlage
	 für Musikkassetten verstanden, die aus einer Vorder-, Schmal- und
	 R{\"u}ckseite besteht, ein "`Einleger"' umfasst zus{\"a}tzlich noch
	 eine einklappbare Seite, die an die Vorderseite anschlie{\ss}t. },
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:bernloehr:viewdvi,
  author = {Konrad Bernl{\"o}hr},
  title = {{VIEWDVI} -- ein leistungsf{\"a}higer {P}reviewer f{\"u}r {P}ersonal {C}omputer},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {1/91},
  pages = {20--23},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Previewer, VIEWDVI},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.1:beuermann:erstellung,
  author = {Sascha Beuermann},
  title = {Erstellung von leistungsf{\"a}higen PDF-Dokumenten},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {1/02},
  month = mar,
  abstract = { In diesem Artikel werden die M{\"o}glichkeiten aufgezeigt, die die Pakete
	 \texttt{hyperref} und \texttt{thumbpdf} bieten, um mit Hilfe von {\LaTeX}\
	 leistungsf{\"a}hige Dokumente im Portable Document Format (PDF) zu
	 erstellen. Dabei wird insbesondere auf das Erzeugen von Lesezeichen
	 (Bookmarks), auf PDF-spezifische Anzeigeoptionen sowie auf das Anlegen von
	 Hypertext-Strukturen mit Hilfe des Pakets \texttt{hyperref} und auf die
	 Generierung der Seitenvorschau (Piktogramme oder Thumbnails) mit
	 dem Paket \texttt{thumbpdf} eingegangen. Abschlie{\ss}end wird die
	 Linearisierung und Verschl{\"u}sselung von PDF-Dokumenten behandelt. },
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:birkhahn:gegendarstellung,
  author = {Lutz Birkhahn},
  title = {Gegendarstellung zum {A}rtikel {\glqq}{A}miga und {\TeX}{\grqq}. 1/1993},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {2/93},
  pages = {56--59},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, Amiga, cs\TeX, Atari, Gegendarstellung},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:birkhahn.lindner:bericht,
  author = {Lutz Birkhahn and Stefan Lindner},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {A}tari},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {1/97},
  pages = {55},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Atari},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:birkhahn.lindner:bericht,
  author = {Lutz Birkhahn and Stefan Lindner},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}tari},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {1/95},
  pages = {32--33},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Atari},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:birkhahn.lindner:bericht,
  author = {Lutz Birkhahn and Stefan Lindner},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}tari},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {3/94},
  pages = {33--34},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Atari},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:birkhahn.lindner:tex,
  author = {Lutz Birkhahn and Stefan Lindner},
  title = {{\TeX} auf dem {A}tari {ST}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {4/91},
  pages = {40--43},
  month = dec,
  abstract = {Das folgende ist ein stichpunktartiger
	 Bericht {\"u}ber den Status des {\TeX}-Systems auf dem Atari ST.},
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Atari},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:birnthaler:bearbeitung,
  author = {Thomas Birnthaler},
  title = {Bearbeitung mehrteiliger {\LaTeX}-{D}okumente mit \texttt{TEXPART.BAT}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {1/90},
  pages = {32--34},
  month = mar,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {mehrteilige Dokumente},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:birnthaler:setzen,
  author = {Thomas Birnthaler},
  title = {Setzen von {R}egeln mit \texttt{regel.sty}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {1/90},
  pages = {24--27},
  month = mar,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Regelsatz,},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:birnthaler:struktogramme,
  author = {Thomas Birnthaler},
  title = {Struktogramme setzen mit \texttt{strukto.sty}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {1/90},
  pages = {27--32},
  month = mar,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Struktogramme},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:bleser.lang:bilder,
  author = {Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang},
  title = {Bilder in {\LaTeX}-{D}okumenten},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {3/92},
  pages = {18--24},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Grafik, Bilder, \verb|picins.sty|},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:bleser.lang:balkendiagramme,
  author = {Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang},
  title = {Balkendiagramme in {\LaTeX}-{D}okumenten},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {4/92},
  pages = {28--33},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Balkendiagramme, Grafik, \verb|bar.sty|},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:bode:bibtex-style-files,
  author = {Hans-Hermann Bode},
  title = {Neue {\BibTeX}-{S}tyle-{F}iles: die \emph{adaptable family}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {2/92},
  pages = {31--41},
  month = aug,
  abstract = {Es wird eine neue Familie von
	 \BibTeX{}-Style-Files vorgestellt, die von den Standard-Style-Files
	 abgeleitet ist und sich durch nachtr{\"a}gliche Anpa{\ss}barkeit
	 von Layout und F{\"u}llw{\"o}rtern seitens des Benutzers oder der
	 Benutzerin auszeichnet. Das Paket umfa{\ss}t neben den eigentlichen
	 Stil-Dateien mit Definitionen, die automatisch eine englische oder
	 deutsche Bibliographie mit ausgeschriebenen oder abgek{\"u}rzten
	 F{\"u}llw{\"o}rtern erzeugen und au{\ss}erdem die volle Kompatibilit{\"a}t
	 bestehender \BibTeX{}-Datenbanken zu den neuen Stilen sowie umgekehrt die
	 Vertr{\"a}glichkeit neuer Datenbanken zu den alten Stilen herstellen.},
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {BibTeX},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:bogdol:latex,
  author = {Blandyna Bogdol},
  title = {{\LaTeX} ist auch weiblich},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {4/03},
  pages = {24--27},
  month = nov,
  abstract = { Ein {\LaTeX}-Kurs nur f{\"u}r Frauen? Und das noch
	 w{\"a}hrend des Urlaubs? Kann so was Spa{\ss} machen? Wie kann so ein Kurs
	 aufgebaut werden? Lesen Sie in diesem Artikel, wie acht Frauen sich
	 eine Woche lang nur mit dem Thema {\LaTeX} besch{\"a}ftigt haben. },
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk04.3:bogdol.faulhammer:roland,
  author = {Blandyna Bogdol and Christian Faulhammer},
  title = {"`\LaTeX{} echt einfach"' von Roland Willms (3. Auflage)},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2004},
  volume = {3/04},
  pages = {57--62},
  month = nov,
  abstract = {Roland Willms schrieb ein Buch
	 unter dem viel versprechenenden Titel "`\LaTeX{} echt einfach"'. Er
	 verspricht, \LaTeX{} schnell und ohne Mühe zu erlernen. Ob es mit dem
	 Buch möglich ist oder doch nicht, zeigt die nachfolgende Rezension.},
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {16},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
}

@BOOK{bib:borchert,
  title = {Das Gesamtwerk},
  publisher = {Rowohlt},
  year = {1998},
  author = {Wolfgang Borchert},
  address = {Hamburg},
  isbn = {3-499-22509-3},
  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:bratz:beinahe,
  author = {Ernst Bratz},
  title = {Beinahe gut -- ein subjektiver {T}est von {S}cientific {W}ord},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {4/92},
  pages = {37--38},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  keywords = {Rezension, Word, Scientific Word},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:braun:tex-tagung,
  author = {Jan Braun},
  title = {{\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2000 in Clausthal-Zellerfeld --- Ank{\"u}ndigung und Call for Papers},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {3/99},
  pages = {64--65},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {Spielplan},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:braun:tex-tagung,
  author = {Jan Braun},
  title = {{\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2000 in Clausthal-Zellerfeld},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {4/99},
  pages = {65},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {Spielplan},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:braun:etwas,
  author = {Jan Braun},
  title = {{E}in etwas anderer {W}etterbericht},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/97},
  pages = {66-68},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:braun:winword,
  author = {Jan Braun},
  title = {Win{W}ord versus {\LaTeX}, {H}eft 4/94},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {1/95},
  pages = {45--48},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, WinWord},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:braune:bericht,
  author = {Klaus Braune},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {U}nix},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/97},
  pages = {26--27},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
  keywords = {UNIX},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:braune:protokoll,
  author = {Klaus Braune},
  title = {{P}rotokoll der {S}itzung {A}{K} {S}oftware-{D}istribution},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/97},
  pages = {17--18},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:braune:bericht,
  author = {Klaus Braune},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {U}nix},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {1/97},
  pages = {62},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {UNIX},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:braune:bericht,
  author = {Klaus Braune},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {UNIX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {1/96},
  pages = {53--54},
  month = jun,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {UNIX},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:braune:bericht,
  author = {Klaus Braune},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {UNIX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {3/96},
  pages = {58},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {UNIX},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:braune:bericht,
  author = {Klaus Braune},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {UNIX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {1/95},
  pages = {35--36},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {UNIX},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:braune:bericht,
  author = {Klaus Braune},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {UNIX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {3/95},
  pages = {42--43},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:braune:bericht,
  author = {Klaus Braune},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {UNIX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {3/94},
  pages = {37--38},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {UNIX},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:breger:erfahrungen,
  author = {Herbert Breger},
  title = {Erfahrungen bei der {A}nwendung von plain-{\TeX} und {E}dmac auf die {L}eibniz-{E}dition},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {4/96},
  pages = {16--22},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Edmac, plain-{\TeX}, Leibniz},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:breitenlohner:bericht,
  author = {Peter Breitenlohner},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {PubliC\TeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {1/96},
  pages = {52--53},
  month = jun,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Public\TeX},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:breitenlohner:bericht,
  author = {Peter Breitenlohner},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {PC}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {3/96},
  pages = {62},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {PC},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:breitenlohner:bericht,
  author = {Peter Breitenlohner},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {PC}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {3/94},
  pages = {37},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {PC},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:breuer:ftp-server,
  author = {Stefan Breuer},
  title = {ftp-{S}erver, {CD-ROM} oder {D}isketten? {D}ie {V}erteilermedien f{\"u}r {\TeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {3/94},
  pages = {47--49},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, ftp, CD-ROM, Disketten},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:breuer:word,
  author = {Stefan Breuer},
  title = {{WORD}, {\TeX} und {A}lcuin},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {4/93},
  pages = {44--45},
  month = apr,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Word, Alcuin},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:breuer:anmerkungen,
  author = {Stefan Breuer},
  title = {Anmerkungen zum \footnote-{B}efehl},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {4/92},
  pages = {20--22},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Fu{\ss}noten, Markup},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:breymann:dokumentationen,
  author = {Ullrich Breymann},
  title = {Dokumentationen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {2/96},
  pages = {37--43},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {C-Programme, Quellcode, Dokumentationen, },
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:bronger:einfaches,
  author = {Torsten Bronger},
  title = {Einfaches Setzen von Texten in Fraktur mittels \texttt{blacklettert1}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {2/03},
  pages = {52--66},
  month = may,
  abstract = { Es gibt mehrere Wege, mit {\LaTeX} einen Text in Fraktur oder Gotisch zu setzen.
	 Leider ist das stets auf die eine oder andere Art umst{\"a}ndlich.
	 Das Paket \texttt{blacklettert1} versucht den Zugang zu gebrochenen
	 Schriften zu erleichtern, indem es sie in der T1-Kodierung bereitstellt. },
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:brusberg:makeidx,
  author = {Oliver Brusberg},
  title = {\emph{MakeIdx} -- ein (anderer) {I}ndexprozessor f{\"u}r {\LaTeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {4/93},
  pages = {30--33},
  month = apr,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {MakeIdx, Index},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:burkhard:bericht,
  author = {Wener Burkhard},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {L}ehrerfortbildung},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {1/95},
  pages = {37},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Lehrerfortbildung},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:burkhard:bericht,
  author = {Wener Burkhard},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {L}ehrerfortbildung},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {3/94},
  pages = {40},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Lehrerfortbildung},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:burkhard:klassenarbeiten,
  author = {Werner Burkhard},
  title = {Klassenarbeiten mit {\LaTeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {1/92},
  pages = {29--32},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Aufgaben, Klassenarbeiten, Klausuren},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:burkhardt:schaubilder,
  author = {Werner Burkhardt},
  title = {Schaubilder mathematischer {F}unktionen mit {\PiCTeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {4/92},
  pages = {22--27},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {\PiCTeX, Funktionen, Grafik, Mathematik},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:burr:editorial,
  author = {Barbara Burr},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {1/91},
  pages = {3},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:burr:editorial,
  author = {Barbara Burr},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {2/91},
  pages = {3},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:burr:editorial,
  author = {Barbara Burr},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {2/90},
  pages = {3},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:burr:schwierigkeiten,
  author = {Barbara Burr},
  title = {Schwierigkeiten beim {S}etzen einer {T}abelle},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {2/90},
  pages = {35--37},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#schonimmer#},
  keywords = {Tabellensatz},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:burr:editorial,
  author = {Barbara Burr},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {3/90},
  pages = {3},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:burr:editorial,
  author = {Barbara Burr},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {4/90},
  pages = {3},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:burr.kruljac:europaeische,
  author = {Barbara Burr and Gabriele Kruljac},
  title = {4.~{E}urop{\"a}ische {\TeX}-{K}onferenz in {K}arlsruhe, 11.--13.~{S}eptember 1989},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1989},
  volume = {0/89},
  pages = {15--17},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  keywords = {Rezension},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:boeke:absaetze,
  author = {Henning B{\"o}ke},
  title = {{A}bs{\"a}tze -- einmal anders, {H}eft 2/97},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {3/97},
  pages = {37--40},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:christine-detig:bericht,
  author = {Christine Detig, Johannes H{\"u}sing, Harald K{\"o}nig},
  title = {Bericht der Kassenpr{\"u}fer},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {2/02},
  pages = {10--13},
  month = jun,
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:creutzig:indexverzeichnisse,
  author = {Christopher Creutzig},
  title = {Indexverzeichnisse mit \XINDY\ und \texttt{xindy.sty}~-- eine Einf{\"u}hrung},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {3/01},
  pages = {53--60},
  month = sep,
  abstract = { Indexverzeichnisse werden beim Arbeiten mit {\TeX}\
	 traditionell mit makeindex gesetzt. Dieses Programm hat leider viele
	 Einschr{\"a}nkungen, die das Erstellen der Indizes kompliziert xindy ist
	 ein Programm, das einen Teil der Einschr{\"a}nkungen umgeht. Mit
	 \texttt{xindy.sty} gibt es nun auch eine einigerma{\ss}en komfortable
	 M{\"o}glichkeit, diese Funktionen direkt aus {\LaTeX}\ heraus zu nutzen. },
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:creutzig:interlinearuebersetzung,
  author = {Christopher Creutzig},
  title = {Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung: eine M{\"o}glichkeit},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {3/99},
  pages = {27--29},
  month = aug,
  abstract = {In \emph{\DTK\,2/1999} stellte Siegfried
	 Splett das Problem, eine einfach zu verwendende Umgebung f{\"u}r
	 \emph{Interlinear{\"u}bersetzungen} zu programmieren. Mit einer kleinen
	 Einschr{\"a}nkung stellt dieser Artikel das Gew{\"u}nschte zur Verf{\"u}gung. },
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:dafferner:epson-kompatibilitaet,
  author = {Andreas Dafferner},
  title = {Epson-{K}ompatibilit{\"a}t $\neq$ {E}pson-{K}ompatibilit{\"a}t},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {3/90},
  pages = {17--18},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:dafferner:nachtrag,
  author = {Andreas Dafferner},
  title = {Nachtrag zum {A}rtikel: \emph{{E}pson-{K}ompatibilit{\"a}t $\neq$ {E}pson-{K}ompatibilit{\"a}t}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {4/90},
  pages = {14},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:dafferner.dietsche.ea:alternative,
  author = {Andreas Dafferner and Luzia Dietsche and Bernd Raichle and Volker RW Schaa and Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
  title = {Das alternative {\LaTeX}-{G}lossar},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {4/95},
  pages = {43--47},
  month = mar,
  abstract = {Vielen Anf{\"a}ngern und Umsteigern von anderen
	 Textverarbeitungsprogrammen ist die gro{\ss}e Anzahl von Befehlen in
	 {\TeX} und {\LaTeX} der Haupthinderungsgrund f{\"u}r eine schnelle und
	 effiziente Einarbeitung. Das hier abgedruckte Glossar soll einen ersten
	 einfachen Einstieg in die komplexe Befehlsstruktur auf eine leicht
	 verst{\"a}ndliche Weise erm{\"o}glichen. Bei Bedarf werden weitere
	 Folgen auf Schwerverst{\"a}ndliches oder Wissenswertes eingehen.},
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Humor, Satire},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:dafferner.schoepf:aufenthalt,
  author = {Andreas Dafferner and Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
  title = {Ein {A}ufenthalt in {E}lbflorenz},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {3/91},
  pages = {19--21},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#theatertage#},
  keywords = {Tagungsbericht},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:decker:protokoll,
  author = {Herbert F. Decker},
  title = {Protokoll der 16.~{M}itgliederversammlung, {H}eft 1/97},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {2/97},
  pages = {41--42},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, Mitgliederschwund, Gegenma{\ss}nahmen},
}

@BOOK{bib:fraktur,
  title = {Kleiner Fraktur-Knigge für den Umgang mit gebrochenen Schriften},
  publisher = {Bund für deutsche Schrift und Sprache},
  year = {2001},
  author = {Gerda Delbanco},
  address = {Ahlhorn},
  edition = {3},
  isbn = {3-930540-15-0},
  comment = {PDF-Version},
  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
}

@BOOK{bib:detig,
  title = {Der {\LaTeX}-Wegweiser},
  publisher = {mitp Verlag},
  year = {2004},
  author = {Christine Detig},
  address = {Bonn},
  edition = {2},
  month = jun,
  isbn = {3-8266-1414-3},
  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:detig:deutsche,
  author = {Christine Detig},
  title = {Deutsche {\TeX}-{B}{\"u}cher},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {2/90},
  pages = {38--40},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#magazin#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:detig:digital,
  author = {Christine Detig},
  title = {Digital {T}ypography -- {A}n {I}ntroduction to {T}ype and {C}omposition for {C}omputer {S}ystem {D}esign},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1989},
  volume = {0/89},
  pages = {29--30},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#magazin#},
  keywords = {Typographie, Rezension},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:detig.schaa:kassenpruefung,
  author = {Christine Detig and Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {Kassenpr{\"u}fung 1998},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {4/99},
  pages = {12--18},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:dietsche:bei,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {\dante{} bei der MNU},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {2/00},
  pages = {5--7},
  month = jul,
  abstract = {In der Woche vor Ostern fand in
	 Stuttgart die Tagung MNU\,2000 des Vereins zur F{\"o}rderung des
	 mathematischen und naturwissenschaftlichen Unterrichts statt, bei der einige
	 Freiwillige mit einem Stand Werbung f{\"u}r {\TeX} und \dante{} machten. },
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:dietsche:editorial,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {4/96},
  pages = {3},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:dietsche:editorial,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {{E}ditorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {1/97},
  pages = {3},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:dietsche:drucken,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Drucken wie zu {O}mas {Z}eiten},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {2/97},
  pages = {8},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
  keywords = {Leipzig, Museum, Druckerei, Druckkunst, historisch},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:dietsche:editorial,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {2/97},
  pages = {3},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:dietsche:lesetypographie,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Lesetypographie},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {2/97},
  pages = {44--45},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  keywords = {Rezension, weiterf{\"u}hrendes Handbuch, Typograhie allgemein},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:dietsche:cjk-paket,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Das {CJK}-{P}aket -- {K}orrekturen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {1/96},
  pages = {19},
  month = jun,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
  keywords = {Fehlerbericht, CJK-Paket, Fonts, Chinesisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch, MULE},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:dietsche:editorial,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {1/96},
  pages = {3},
  month = jun,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:dietsche:protokoll,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Protokoll der 14.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {1/96},
  pages = {5--15},
  month = jun,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:dietsche:editorial,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {2/96},
  pages = {3},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:dietsche:editorial,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {3/96},
  pages = {3},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:dietsche:protokoll,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Protokoll der 15.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.V.},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {3/96},
  pages = {6--21},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:dietsche:editorial,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {1/95},
  pages = {3},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:dietsche:protokoll,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Protokoll der 12.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {1/95},
  pages = {5--18},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:dietsche:tex,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {{\TeX}: starting from 1},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {1/95},
  pages = {43--44},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  keywords = {Rezension},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:dietsche:editorial,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {2/95},
  pages = {3},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:dietsche:fachwoerterbuch,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Fachw{\"o}rterbuch {K}ommunikationsdesign},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {2/95},
  pages = {46--47},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  keywords = {Rezension, Kommunikationsdesign},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:dietsche:editorial,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {3/95},
  pages = {3},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:dietsche:protokoll,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Protokoll der 13.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {3/95},
  pages = {6--20},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:dietsche:editorial,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {4/95},
  pages = {3},
  month = mar,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:dietsche:editorial,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {1/94},
  pages = {3},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:dietsche:protokoll,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Protokoll der 10.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {1/94},
  pages = {6--22},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:dietsche:seitenzahlen,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Seitenzahlen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {1/94},
  pages = {46--47},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#schonimmer#},
  keywords = {Seitenzahlen, Markup, \verb|\thepage|},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:dietsche:editorial,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {2/94},
  pages = {3},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:dietsche:editorial,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {3/94},
  pages = {3},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:dietsche:protokoll,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Protokoll der 11.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}. {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {3/94},
  pages = {6--17},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:dietsche:absatzformen,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Absatzformen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {4/94},
  pages = {28--30},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#schonimmer#},
  keywords = {Absatzformat, \verb|\leftskip|, \verb|\rightskip|, \verb|\parfillskip|, Markup},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:dietsche:editorial,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {4/94},
  pages = {3},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:dietsche:rechtschreibreform,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Rechtschreibreform},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {4/94},
  pages = {35--36},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, Humor, Satire},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:dietsche:aktive,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Aktive {M}itglieder der letzten {J}ahre},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {1/93},
  pages = {23--25},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:dietsche:editorial,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {1/93},
  pages = {3},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:dietsche:fussnotenvariante,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Fu{\ss}notenvariante},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {1/93},
  pages = {50--51},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#schonimmer#},
  keywords = {Markup, Fu{\ss}noten},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:dietsche:protokoll,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Protokoll der 8.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {1/93},
  pages = {5--23},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:dietsche:editorial,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {2/93},
  pages = {3},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:dietsche:kopfzeilen,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Kopfzeilen mal anders},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {2/93},
  pages = {54--55},
  month = sep,
  note = {Beispiele zur Abwandlung der Kopfzeilen.},
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#schonimmer#},
  keywords = {Kopfzeilen, Markup},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:dietsche:editorial,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {3/93},
  pages = {3},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:dietsche:protokoll,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Protokoll der 9.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {3/93},
  pages = {7--25},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:dietsche:editorial,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {4/93},
  pages = {3},
  month = apr,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:dietsche:hokuspokus,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Hokuspokus},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {4/93},
  pages = {30--37},
  month = apr,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#schonimmer#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:dietsche:verlorengegangene,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Verlorengegangene {TUG}-{M}itglieder},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {4/93},
  pages = {6--7},
  month = apr,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:dietsche:anfaengerfragen,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Anf{\"a}ngerfragen gesucht},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {1/92},
  pages = {49},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#schonimmer#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:dietsche:bezugsquellen,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Bezugsquellen f{\"u}r {\TeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {1/92},
  pages = {51},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:dietsche:editorial,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {1/92},
  pages = {3},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:dietsche:protokoll,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Protokoll der 6.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {1/92},
  pages = {5--22},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:dietsche:editorial,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {2/92},
  pages = {3},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:dietsche:blocksatz,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Blocksatz beim {A}bbildungs-/{T}abellentitel},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {3/92},
  pages = {37--38},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#schonimmer#},
  keywords = {Markup, Blocksatz, Abbildungen, Tabellen},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:dietsche:editorial,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {3/92},
  pages = {3},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:dietsche:protokoll,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Protokoll der 7.~{M}itgliederversammlung {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {3/92},
  pages = {4--17},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:dietsche:editorial,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {4/92},
  pages = {3},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:dietsche:fette,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Fette mathematische {A}kzente},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {4/92},
  pages = {35},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#schonimmer#},
  keywords = {Formelsatz, Mathematik},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:dietsche:protokoll,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Protokoll der 4.~ordentlichen {M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachigen {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {1/91},
  pages = {4--11},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:dietsche:hat,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {\dots{} der hat was zu erz{\"a}hlen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {2/91},
  pages = {33--34},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:dietsche:editorial,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {3/91},
  pages = {3},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:dietsche:protokoll,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Protokoll der 5.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {3/91},
  pages = {4--16},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:dietsche:editorial,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {4/91},
  pages = {3},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:dietsche:deutsche,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassungen: {TUG}boat-{A}rtikel {V}ol. 11, {N}o. 1},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {1/90},
  pages = {12--15},
  month = mar,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:dietsche:protokoll,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Protokoll der 2.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {1/90},
  pages = {4--11},
  month = mar,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:dietsche:deutsche,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassung {TUG}boat-{A}rtikel {V}ol.~11, {N}o.~2},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {2/90},
  pages = {11--15},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:dietsche:deutsche*1,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassung {TUG}boat-{A}rtikel {V}ol.~11, {N}o.~3},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {2/90},
  pages = {15--20},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:dietsche:gutenberg90,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {{GUT}enberg{'90} (15.5--17.5)},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {2/90},
  pages = {7--9},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:dietsche:tug90,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {{TUG}90 (17.6--20.6)},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {2/90},
  pages = {9--10},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:dietsche:protokoll,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Protokoll der 3.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {3/90},
  pages = {4--7},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:dietsche:deutsche,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassungen: {TUG}boat-{A}rtikel {V}ol.~11, {N}o.~5},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {4/90},
  pages = {9--13},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:dietsche:deutsche,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassung von {A}rtikeln aus einem der n{\"a}chsten {TUGboats}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1989},
  volume = {0/89},
  pages = {21--24},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:dietsche:protokoll,
  author = {Luzia Dietsche},
  title = {Protokoll der 1.~ordentlichen {M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1989},
  volume = {0/89},
  pages = {8--11},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@BOOK{bib:dilba,
  title = {Typographie-Lexikon und Lesebuch für alle},
  publisher = {Selbstverlag},
  year = {2004},
  author = {Eberhard Dilba},
  address = {Düsseldorf},
  edition = {2},
  month = dec,
  abstract = {Typographie-Lexikon mit über 800
	 Hauptstichwörtern und vielen weiteren Begriffen sowie über 50 Abbildungen},
  comment = {Lexikon.pdf},
  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
  url = {home.t-online.de/home/eberhard.dilba},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:dippel:latex-seitenlayout,
  author = {Joachim Dippel},
  title = {Neues zum {\LaTeX}-{S}eitenlayout: {D}er {O}urhead {S}tyle},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {4/92},
  pages = {16--20},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Markup, Seitenlayout, \verb|ourhead.sty|},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:diskussionsgruppe-belichter:eigene,
  author = {Diskussionsgruppe {\glqq}Belichter{\grqq}, DANTE e.V.},
  title = {Eine eigene {L}ichtsatzanlage f{\"u}r {DANTE} e.V.?},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {3/96},
  pages = {21--25},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:diverse:offener,
  author = {Diverse},
  title = {{O}ffener {B}rief an das {P}r{\"a}sidium von {DANTE} e.{V}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/97},
  pages = {53--56},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:doll:digitaler,
  author = {Tim Doll},
  title = {Digitaler Textsatz, digitale Typographie. Ein {\"U}berblick},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {1/03},
  pages = {14--39},
  month = feb,
  abstract = { Ziel dieses Artikels ist
	 es, einen {\"U}berblick {\"u}ber typographische Entwicklungen im
	 Arbeitsprozess der digitalen Textproduktion zu verschaffen. Nach einer knappen
	 historischen {\"U}bersicht werde ich kurz die Entwicklung von Satz- und
	 Druckverfahren im Zeitungswesen darstellen, dies insbesondere in Hinsicht
	 auf die Standardausgabeformate \PS{} und Portable Document Format
	 (PDF) von Adobe Systems. Weiterhin werden mit dem Satzsystem {\TeX},
	 dem dazu geh{\"o}rigen Zeichensatzprogramm \MF\ und dem sogenannten
	 \emph{Desktop Publishing} (\textsc{dtp}) wichtige Entwicklungen im
	 typographischen Bereich dargestellt. Die Diskussion erfolgt vor allem
	 mit Blick auf die Frage, inwiefern sich \textsc{dtp}-Autoren und
	 Mainstream-\textsc{dtp}-Software als "`gute Typographen"' eignen. Als Schlussfolgerung ergibt
	 sich, dass weder professionelle Methoden noch \textsc{dtp} zu einem
	 befriedigenden Ergebnis f{\"u}hren, wenn vorausgesetzt wird, dass zu
	 Gunsten des effizienten digitalen Arbeitsprozesses das menschliche
	 Beurteilungsverm{\"o}gen typographischer Kriterien vernachl{\"a}ssigt werden kann. },
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:donath:dokumentation,
  author = {Dirk Donath},
  title = {Dokumentation von {HPTOMF}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {3/90},
  pages = {19--22},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {HPTOMF},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:eckermann:ruecktritt,
  author = {Matthias Eckermann},
  title = {R{\"u}cktritt},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/97},
  pages = {68--69},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:eckermann:texnische,
  author = {Matthias Eckermann},
  title = {{\TeX}nische {Q}ualen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/97},
  pages = {40--42},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:eckermann:paralleles,
  author = {Matthias Eckermann},
  title = {Paralleles {S}etzen l{\"a}ngerer {T}exte},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {4/94},
  pages = {23--27},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {paralleles Setzen, zweisprachiges Setzen},
}

@BOOK{bib:tbt,
  title = {{\TeX} by Topic},
  publisher = {Addison Wesley},
  year = {2001},
  author = {Victor Eijkhout},
  month = dec,
  isbn = {0-201-56882-9},
  abstract = {To the casual observer, TEX is not a state-of-the-art typesetting system. No flashy
	 multilevel menus and interactive manipulation of text and graphics dazzle
	 the onlooker. On a less superficial level, however, TEX is a very
	 sophisticated program, first of all because of the ingeniousness of its
	 built-in algorithms for such things as paragraph breaking and make-up of
	 mathematical formulas, and second because of its almost complete
	 programmability. The combination of these factors makes it possible for
	 TEX to realize almost every imaginable layout in a highly automated
	 fashion. Unfortunately, it also means that TEX has an unusually large
	 number of commands and parameters, and that programming TEX can be
	 far from easy. Anyone wanting to program in TEX, and maybe even the
	 ordinary user, would seem to need two books: a tutorial that gives a
	 first glimpse of the many nuts and bolts of TEX, and after that a
	 systematic, complete reference manual. This book tries to fulfil the
	 latter function. A TEXer who has already made a start (using any of a
	 number of introductory books on the market) should be able to use this
	 book indefinitely thereafter. In this volume the universe of TEX is
	 presented as about forty different subjects, each in a separate chapter.
	 Each chapter starts out with a list of control sequences relevant to
	 the topic of that chapter and proceeds to treat the theory of the
	 topic. Most chapters conclude with remarks and examples. Globally, the
	 chapters are ordered as follows. The chapters on basic mechanisms
	 are first, the chapters on text treatment and mathematics are next,
	 and finally there are some chapters on output and aspects of TEX?s
	 connections to the outside world. The book also contains a glossary of TEX
	 commands, tables, and indexes by example, by control sequence, and
	 by subject. The subject index refers for most concepts to only one
	 page, where most of the information on that topic can be found, as
	 well as references to the locations of related information. This
	 book does not treat any specific TEX macro package. Any parts of
	 the plain format that are treated are those parts that belong to
	 the ?core? of plain TEX: they are also present in, for instance,
	 LATEX. Therefore, most remarks about the plain format are true for
	 LATEX, as well as most other formats. Putting it differently, if the
	 text refers to the plain format, this should be taken as a contrast
	 to pure IniTEX, not to LATEX. By way of illustration, occasionally
	 macros from plain TEX are explained that do not belong to the core.},
  comment = {PDF-Version},
  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
}

@MISC{package:comment,
  author = {Eijkhout, Victor},
  title = {Selectivly in/exclude pieces of text, version 3.6},
  year = {1999},
  note = {\url{CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/comment/}},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:engelke:dante93,
  author = {Stephan Engelke},
  title = {{DANTE}'93 in {C}hemnitz},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {1/93},
  pages = {27--31},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#theatertage#},
  keywords = {Tagungsbericht},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:erlmeier:bericht,
  author = {Markus Erlmeier},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/97},
  pages = {24},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
  keywords = {Amiga},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:erlmeier:bericht,
  author = {Markus Erlmeier},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {A}miga},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {1/97},
  pages = {55},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Amiga},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:erlmeier:bericht,
  author = {Markus Erlmeier},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {1/96},
  pages = {43--44},
  month = jun,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Amiga},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:erlmeier:bericht,
  author = {Markus Erlmeier},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {A}miga},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {3/96},
  pages = {57--58},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Amiga},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:erlmeier:bericht,
  author = {Markus Erlmeier},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {1/95},
  pages = {32},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Amiga},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:erlmeier:bericht,
  author = {Markus Erlmeier},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {3/95},
  pages = {34--37},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:erlmeier:bericht,
  author = {Markus Erlmeier},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {3/94},
  pages = {31--33},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Amiga},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:erlmeier:mailbox,
  author = {Markus Erlmeier},
  title = {Mailbox f{\"u}r {A}miga-{\TeX}-{S}oftware},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {1/93},
  pages = {53--56},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Amiga, Mailbox},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:erlmeier:amiga-news,
  author = {Markus Erlmeier},
  title = {Amiga-{N}ews},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {3/93},
  pages = {53--54},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#schonimmer#},
  keywords = {Amiga, Pas\TeX, Amiga\TeX},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:erlmeier:rund,
  author = {Markus Erlmeier},
  title = {Rund um den {A}miga},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {4/93},
  pages = {40--43},
  month = apr,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Amiga, Pas\TeX, Amiga\TeX},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:erlmeier:software-verteilung,
  author = {Markus Erlmeier},
  title = {Software-{V}erteilung {A}miga},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {1/92},
  pages = {26--28},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
  keywords = {Amiga},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:erlmeier:pastex,
  author = {Markus Erlmeier},
  title = {Pas{\TeX} in {V}orbereitung},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {4/92},
  pages = {36},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Pas\TeX, Amiga},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:erlmeier:texnische,
  author = {Markus Erlmeier},
  title = {{\TeX}nische {S}oftware auf dem {A}miga},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {4/92},
  pages = {6--8},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
  keywords = {Amiga},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:erlmeier:amiga,
  author = {Markus Erlmeier},
  title = {Der {A}miga und {\TeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {4/91},
  pages = {26--28},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Amiga},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:esken:kurzer,
  author = {Thomas Esken},
  title = {Kurzer {N}achtrag zur {\TeX}-{B}enutzungsoberfl{\"a}che \textsf{Tx1}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {3/92},
  pages = {33--34},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Oberfl{\"a}che},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:esken:bedieneroberflaeche,
  author = {Thomas Esken},
  title = {Eine {B}edieneroberfl{\"a}che f{\"u}r das {em\TeX}-{S}ystem},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {1/91},
  pages = {17--20},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Oberfl{\"a}che, em\TeX},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:etter.kaercher.ea:latex,
  author = {Martin Etter and Daniel K{\"a}rcher and Jan Theofel},
  title = {{\LaTeX} trifft Seemann -- Tagungsbericht DANTE 2003 in Bremen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {2/03},
  pages = {21--26},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk04.1:faulhammer:fehler,
  author = {Christian Faulhammer},
  title = {Fehler schneller finden: Das Minimalbeispiel},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2004},
  volume = {1/04},
  pages = {39--46},
  month = may,
  abstract = {Fehler zu finden kann vor allem bei umfangreichen
	 Dokumenten recht schwierig sein. Manchmal kommt eine Fehlermeldung und an
	 der angegebenen Stelle im Quelltext ist nichts falsch, also muss
	 der Fehler woanders liegen. Um solche Problemfälle schnell lösen zu
	 können, hat sich in de.comp.text.tex das Minimalbeispiel bewährt. Das
	 Minimalbeispiel ist klein, sofort ausführbar und übersichtlich, ideal
	 für eine gezielte Fehlersuche. Das Prinzip ist nicht schwer, man
	 braucht nur ein wenig gesunden Menschenverstand und Zeit; von letzterer
	 bräuchten wir aber mehr, wenn wir den Fehler durch Raten zu finden
	 versuchten. Exemplarisch soll das hier einmal an Hand von \LaTeX
	 vorgestellt werden, jedes andere \TeX-Format ist aber genauso denkbar.},
  altnumber = {16},
  altvolumne = {1},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:faulhammer:huellen,
  author = {Christian Faulhammer},
  title = {H{\"u}llen (nicht nur) f{\"u}r Musik-CDs},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {1/03},
  pages = {9--14},
  month = feb,
  abstract = {Mit Hilfe der Dokumentenklasse \Package{cd-cover} kann man sehr einfach
	 Einleger f{\"u}r die verschiedensten CD-H{\"u}llen-Typen anlegen. Die
	 M{\"o}glichkeiten sind dabei vielf{\"a}ltig, so dass f{\"u}r jede Bauart etwas
	 dabei ist, egal ob Single, Standard-H{\"u}lle oder gar Papiertasche.},
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk04.3:faulhammer.kastrup:thorsten,
  author = {Christian Faulhammer and David Kastrup},
  title = {Thorsten Zilm: {\LaTeX} -- Das Einsteigerseminar},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2004},
  volume = {3/04},
  pages = {51--57},
  month = nov,
  abstract = {Im November 2003 gab es in der vereinsinternen
	 Mailingliste~\cite{bib:danteev} eine hitzige Diskussion über die Einstiegshürde, die
	 \LaTeX{} auch heute noch hat. Einige Teilnehmer waren der Meinung,
	 dass es schon ein Problem für sie als "`alte Hasen"' sei, geeignete
	 Literatur für Neueinsteiger zu benennen. Früher existierten quasi
	 nur die Bücher von Helmut Kopka, die bis jetzt vielen spontan als
	 Empfehlung für einen Anfänger über die Lippen kommen. Leider hat
	 diese Buchreihe im Laufe der Jahre nicht mit der Entwicklung von
	 \LaTeX{} mithalten können, so dass viele Teile veraltet sind. Dazu
	 kommt noch der von vielen als schlecht empfundene didaktische Aufbau,
	 diese Bücher sind damit eigentlich heute nicht mehr zu empfehlen.
	 Dieses Problem will eine kleine Gruppe von Mitgliedern versuchen zu
	 beseitigen. Die letzten Monate haben wir damit verbracht, mit Hilfe
	 von \dante{} (vielen Dank an Frau Dornacher und Günter Partosch),
	 Bücher der letzten zwei Jahre zu besorgen und auch zu lesen. Neben den
	 Autoren sind folgende Personen an der Arbeit beteiligt: Christoph
	 Bier, Blandyna Bogdol, Jürgen Fenn und Andreas Hirsch (vielen Dank
	 an~\cite{bib:gap} für die Mailingliste). Dieser Artikel soll also die
	 Eröffnung einer ganzen Reihe werden. Bei Fragen und Kommentaren wenden
	 Sie sich einfach an uns. Eine Übersicht zu verfügbarer Literatur
	 bietet~\cite{bib:partosch}, leider nicht mehr ganz aktuell, aber
	 dennoch hilfreich. Jetzt zum eigentlichen Thema dieses Artikels.},
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {16},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:feuerstack:einfuehrung,
  author = {Thomas Feuerstack},
  title = {Einf\"uhrung in pdf{\TeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {2/01},
  pages = {41--54},
  month = jul,
  abstract = { Der Artikel richtet sich an Interessierte und
	 Neueinsteiger, die mit Hilfe von pdf{\TeX}\ m\"oglichst schnell PDF-Dokumente
	 erstellen wollen, ohne sich vorab intensiv mit Hintergrundwissen
	 auseinandersetzen zu m\"ussen. Dar\"uberhinaus sollen beim Erzeugen von
	 PDF-Dokumenten h\"aufig auftretende Probleme er\"ortert sowie L\"osungswege
	 aufgezeigt werden -- nat\"urlich ohne Anspruch auf Vollst\"andigkeit. },
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:feuerstack:zauber,
  author = {Thomas Feuerstack},
  title = {Der {Z}auber eines {L}{\"a}chelns},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {1/95},
  pages = {20--25},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#theatertage#},
  keywords = {Tagungsbericht},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:fischer:serienbriefe,
  author = {Ulrike Fischer},
  title = {Serienbriefe},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {2/99},
  pages = {38--44},
  month = may,
  abstract = {Serienbriefe erm{\"o}glichen
	 eine pers{\"o}nliche Ansprache des Empf{\"a}ngers -- besonders dann,
	 wenn nicht nur das Adre{\ss}feld individuellen Text enth{\"a}lt.
	 Die in diesem Artikel vorgestellten Beispiele kn{\"u}pfen an eine
	 bereits in "`\DTK"' vorgestellte Methode des Datenbank-Imports an. },
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:fischer:schnittstelle,
  author = {Ulrike Fischer},
  title = {Eine {S}chnittstelle zwischen {D}atenbanken und {\LaTeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/98},
  pages = {28--33},
  month = dec,
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:fismer:tex,
  author = {Gregor Fismer},
  title = {{\TeX} f{\"u}r alle},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {1/98},
  pages = {58--59},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:friesland-koepke:bericht,
  author = {Gerhard Friesland-K{\"o}pke},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {VAX/VMS}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {3/94},
  pages = {38--39},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {VAX, VMS},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:geisse:handbook,
  author = {Armin Geisse},
  title = {"`Handbook of Typography for the Mathematical Sciences"' von Steven G. Krantz},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {2/01},
  pages = {67--70},
  month = jul,
  abstract = { Mit seinem neuesten Buch
	 m{\"o}chte Steven G. Krantz Hilfestellung f{\"u}r Autoren in spe
	 geben, die sich mit dem Gedanken tragen, ein mathematisches Werk zu
	 ver{\"o}ffentlichen. In insgesamt sieben Kapiteln gibt Krantz eine
	 Einf{\"u}hrung in {\LaTeXTeX}, er erl{\"a}utert den Produktionsprozess
	 eines Buches und streift die Grundlagen der Ver{\"o}ffentlichung im
	 WWW. Trotz des aktuellen Erscheinungsdatums beschreibt das Buch in
	 gro{\ss}en Teilen den Software-Stand vor 4--5~Jahren und wurde nur sehr
	 unvollst{\"a}ndig aktualisiert. Es leidet unter vielen Wiederholungen und einer
	 schlecht strukturierten Aneinanderreihung der einzelnen Kapitel. },
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#rezension#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:geisse:anpassungen,
  author = {Armin Geisse},
  title = {Anpassungen von {DviWin~2.9} an {Web2c} f{\"u}r {WIN32}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {1/99},
  pages = {30--33},
  month = feb,
  abstract = {Dieser Artikel beschreibt eine
	 m{\"o}gliche Anpassung von DviWin~2.9 an die Web2c-Implementierung
	 f{\"u}r WIN32. Die Schwerpunkte liegen dabei auf der Nutzung mehrerer
	 Druckerauf"|l{\"o}sungen sowie auf der Beschr{\"a}nkung der Font-Verzeichnisse.},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:gercke:texword,
  author = {Martin Gercke},
  title = {{\TeX}{W}ord f{\"u}r {W}indows},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {3/97},
  pages = {13--15},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:getreu:anregungen,
  author = {Jens Getreu},
  title = {Anregungen zu {NTS}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {3/93},
  pages = {57--58},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, NTS, \TeX-Entwicklung},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:gewehr:vorsicht,
  author = {Harald Gewehr},
  title = {Vorsicht {D}atenverlust!},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {3/93},
  pages = {46--47},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#schonimmer#},
  keywords = {Datenverlust, \verb|\include|},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:gierhardt:leserbrief,
  author = {Horst Gierhardt},
  title = {{Z}um {L}eserbrief von {H}erbert {F}.~{D}ecker, {H}eft 2/97},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {3/97},
  pages = {42--44},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:gloeckner:jahr,
  author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner},
  title = {Ein {J}ahr ist vergangen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/98},
  pages = {47--48},
  month = dec,
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:gloeckner:bericht,
  author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {P}ost{S}cript},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {1/97},
  pages = {61--62},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {PostScript},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:gloeckner:bericht,
  author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {P}ostScript},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {3/94},
  pages = {40--41},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {PostScript},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:gloeckner:erzeugung,
  author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner},
  title = {Erzeugung virtueller {F}onts},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {4/92},
  pages = {9--16},
  month = dec,
  abstract = {Es werden Grundlagen f{\"u}r die Herstellung virtueller
	 Fonts vorgestellt. {A}nhand dreier Beispiele wird das Vorgehen bei
	 der Definition virtueller Fonts erl{\"a}utert: \begin{enumerate}
	 \item Ziffern in einem Font aus einem anderen Font nehmen; \item
	 PostScript-{\verb+\special+} f{\"u}r das Rastern von Zeichen; \item Anpassungen der
	 Zeichenbelegung eines Fonts an einen anderen, dargestellt f{\"u}r die
	 DVIPS-Treiber von Arbort-{\TeX} von Tomas Rokicki. \end{enumerate}},
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Fonts, virtuelle Fonts, Schriften, Metafont, DVIPS, },
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:gloeckner.huesing:pruefung,
  author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner and Johannes H{\"u}sing},
  title = {Pr{\"u}fung der Kasse f{\"u}r das Jahr 1999},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {1/00},
  pages = {17--24},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:gloetzel:database-publishing,
  author = {Dieter Gl{\"o}tzel},
  title = {Database-{P}ublishing mit {O}beron und {\LaTeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {1/97},
  pages = {46--54},
  month = may,
  abstract = {Im Rahmen eines Kundenprojektes
	 wurde mit Hilfe von \LaTeX{} ein Nachschlagewerk aus einer Datenbank
	 erzeugt. Das Programm zur Generierung des \LaTeX{}-Codes wurde als
	 Prototyp auf einem PC in \emph{Oberon}, der neuen Programmiersprache von
	 Nikolaus Wirth, entwickelt. Au{\ss}er einer Beschreibung der Auf{\/}gabe
	 wird ein kurzer {\"U}berblick {\"u}ber Sprache und Betriebssystem
	 \emph{Oberon}, {\"u}ber die Z{\"u}richer Implementierung sowie {\"u}ber
	 Bezugsquellen im Internet gegeben. Der Artikel schlie{\ss}t mit einem
	 Pl{\"a}doyer f{\"u}r den kommerziellen Einsatz von Freeware-Tools.},
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Oberon, objektorientierte Programmiersprache, Postleitzahlenbuch},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:gohdes:latexund,
  author = {Michael Gohdes},
  title = {{\LaTeX}\ und Chemie -- ein sch{\"o}nes Paar?},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {2/01},
  pages = {7--19},
  month = jul,
  abstract = { Dieser Artikel beschreibt
	 M{\"o}glichkeiten, Texte chemischen Inhalts mit {\LaTeX}\ zu setzen. Es wird
	 besonders auf die Frage eingegangen, wie chemische Gleichungen und
	 Strukturformeln in den Text eingebettet werden k{\"o}nnen. Sowohl verschiedene
	 {\LaTeX}-Pakete als auch ein externes Programm werden vorgestellt. },
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@BOOK{bib:lweb,
  title = {Mit {\LaTeX} ins Web},
  publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
  year = {2000},
  author = {Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz and Eitan M. Gurari and Ross Moore and Robert Sutor},
  address = {München},
  edition = {2},
  month = may,
  isbn = {3-8273-1629-4},
  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:greschner:addendum,
  author = {Dr. Georg S. Greschner},
  title = {Addendum},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {1/99},
  pages = {43},
  month = feb,
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:greschner:wege,
  author = {Georg S. Greschner},
  title = {Wege des {\TeX}nischen {F}ortschritts},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {3/98},
  pages = {19--30},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {WYSIWYG, Windows, OLE, WinWord},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:grothe.schaa:einladung,
  author = {Holger Grothe and Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {Einladung zur {\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2004 in Darmstadt~-- 15~Jahre \dante},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {4/03},
  pages = {30--31},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:grotherr:serienbriefe,
  author = {Joachim Grotherr},
  title = {Serienbriefe mit {\LaTeX} -- Ein Erfahrungsbericht},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {2/00},
  pages = {14--16},
  month = jul,
  abstract = {Serienbriefe in gr{\"o}{\ss}eren Auf\/lagen bis zu 10\,000~St{\"u}ck
	 bringen g{\"a}ngige Office-Pakete schnell an ihre Leistungsgrenze. Der
	 Einsatz von {\LaTeX} f{\"u}hrt zu einer erheblichen Steigerung der
	 Druckgeschwindigkeit und er{\"o}ffnet weitere professionelle M{\"o}glichkeiten. },
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:ntg-texfuture-working-group:tex,
  author = {{NTG {\TeX}\ future working group}},
  title = {{\TeX} im Jahr 2003: Vorschl{\"a}ge und Thesen zur Zukunft von {\TeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {2/00},
  pages = {41--57},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:guntermann:powerpoint,
  author = {Klaus Guntermann},
  title = {PowerPoint ade?},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {1/00},
  pages = {44--51},
  month = may,
  abstract = {F\"ur die Erstellung von Pr\"asentationen muss man nicht immer
	 PowerPoint einsetzen. Im Gegenteil: wird ordentlicher Formelsatz in einer
	 Pr\"asentation ben\"otigt, kann man PowerPoint in der Regel gerade
	 \emph{nicht} verwenden. Die hier vorgestellte Alternative, die auf
	 pdf\LaTeX{}, einem Postprozessor und dem Acrobat-Reader basiert,
	 erlaubt das schrittweise Aufbl\"attern von Pr\"asentationsseiten. Der
	 Postprozessor ist in Java implementiert und damit unabh\"angig von
	 einer bestimmten Hardware- oder Betriebssystemplattform nutzbar. },
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:gaertner:bericht,
  author = {Ralf G{\"a}rtner},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {VMS}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/97},
  pages = {27--28},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
  keywords = {OpenVMS},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:gaertner:bericht,
  author = {Ralf G{\"a}rtner},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {O}pen{VMS}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {1/97},
  pages = {62--63},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {OpenVMS},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:goetz:asc2tex,
  author = {Thomas K. G{\"o}tz},
  title = {{ASC}2{\TeX}: ein {K}onverter f{\"u}r {B}lockgrafik},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {3/93},
  pages = {32--34},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Blockgrafik, ASC2\TeX},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:guelicher:autoaufkleber,
  author = {Christoph G{\"u}licher},
  title = {Autoaufkleber},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {3/92},
  pages = {34--35},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Autoaufkleber},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:guenther:verwaltungskueche,
  author = {J{\"u}rgen G{\"u}nther},
  title = {Aus der {V}erwaltungsk{\"u}che},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {2/94},
  pages = {5--7},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:hafner:protokoll,
  author = {Thomas Hafner},
  title = {Protokoll der Sitzung AK Weiterentwicklung},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/97},
  pages = {15--16},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:hagen:status,
  author = {Hans Hagen},
  title = {The Status Quo of The NTS Project},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {1/01},
  pages = {36--53},
  month = apr,
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:hagen:project,
  author = {Hans Hagen},
  title = {The \NTS{} project (p)reviewed},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {3/99},
  pages = {6--13},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:herrmann:latex,
  author = {Karin Halupczok and Immanuel Herrmann},
  title = {{\LaTeX} -- Das Lied},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {4/00},
  pages = {52},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:hanneder:tex,
  author = {J{\"u}rgen Hanneder},
  title = {{\TeX} unter {OS/2} f{\"u}r akademische {M}inderheiten},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {2/95},
  pages = {38--41},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {OS/2, em\TeX, Auc\TeX, Editor, Emacs},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:hansen:mut,
  author = {Oliver Hansen},
  title = {Mut zur {T}ypographie},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {1/94},
  pages = {52--53},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  keywords = {Rezension, DTP, Typographie},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:harders:mehrsprachige,
  author = {Harald Harders},
  title = {Mehrsprachige Literaturverzeichnisse: Anwendung und Erweiterung des Pakets babelbib},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {4/03},
  pages = {39--63},
  month = nov,
  abstract = { Das Paket \texttt{babelbib} bietet zwei Erweiterungen gegen{\"u}ber den meisten
	 verf{\"u}gbaren \BibTeX"=Stilen: Zum einen ist es m{\"o}glich, die
	 Schl{\"u}sselw{\"o}rter in Literaturverzeichnissen flexibel an die Sprache des
	 Dokuments oder des Literaturverweises anzupassen (also beispielsweise
	 "`Auf"|lage"' statt "`{\selectlanguage{english}edition}"'). Die Sprache der
	 Schl{\"u}sselw{\"o}rter kann dabei f{\"u}r das gesamte Literaturverzeichnis einheitlich
	 eingestellt werden, oder sie kann stets derjenigen des jeweiligen Verweises
	 entsprechen. Zum anderen k{\"o}nnen einige Elemente der Typographie im
	 Literaturverzeichnis von der {\LaTeX}"=Datei aus ver{\"a}ndert werden, ohne
	 gleich den \BibTeX"=Stil {\"a}ndern zu m{\"u}ssen. Beispielsweise
	 kann die f{\"u}r Titel verwendete Schriftart oder "~auszeichnung
	 mit einem {\LaTeX}"=Befehl variiert werden. Dieser Artikel zeigt
	 zun{\"a}chst die Anwendung des \pkgname{babelbib}"=Pakets. Anschlie{\ss}end
	 wird darauf eingegangen, wie die Unterst{\"u}tzung neuer Sprachen
	 hinzugef{\"u}gt werden kann und wie weitere \BibTeX"=Stildateien zur
	 Verwendung mit \pkgname{babelbib} modifiziert werden k{\"o}nnen. },
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:hassel:schachfigurensatz,
  author = {Frank Hassel},
  title = {Schachfigurensatz mit {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {4/93},
  pages = {11--25},
  month = apr,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Schachfiguren, \verb|chess.sty|, \verb|BdFchess.sty|},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:heinisch:tex2word,
  author = {Carsten Heinisch},
  title = {TeX2Word und Word2TeX},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {4/03},
  pages = {66--68},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#rezension#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:herrmann:poster,
  author = {Rudolf Herrmann},
  title = {Poster im Format DIN A0 mit {\texttt{a0poster}} und {\texttt{textpos}}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {3/02},
  pages = {7--19},
  month = oct,
  abstract = { Die Entstehung eines Posters im Format DIN~A0 zur Pr{\"a}sentation
	 auf einer wissenschaftlichen Tagung wird verfolgt. Es werden die
	 {\LaTeX}-Bordmittel sowie die Pakete \texttt{a0poster} und \texttt{textpos}
	 eingesetzt. Alternative Vorgehensweisen werden kurz diskutiert. },
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:hesse:erfinder,
  author = {Norbert Hesse},
  title = {Erfinder von {\TeX}, {\LaTeX} und {\MF} geben zu: {A}lles {B}etrug!!!},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {3/95},
  pages = {50--51},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Humor, Satire},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:hesse:tex,
  author = {Norbert Hesse},
  title = {Das {\TeX} \textsc{RunTime System} f{\"u}r {SCO} {U}nix},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {3/93},
  pages = {48--52},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#schonimmer#},
  keywords = {Unix, SCO Unix},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:heyl:morse,
  author = {Udo Heyl},
  title = {Morse -- {Z}eichensatz der telegraphischen {S}ignale},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {2/98},
  pages = {38--42},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Morsezeichen, Fonts, Telegraphie},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:hirsch:leserbrief,
  author = {Andreas Hirsch},
  title = {{Z}um {L}eserbrief von {H}erbert {F}.~{D}ecker, {H}eft 2/97},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {3/97},
  pages = {41},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:hirsch.volker-eiseler:installation,
  author = {Andreas Hirsch and Dominicus Heinzeller und Volker Eiseler},
  title = {Installation eines {\TeX}-{G}esamtsystems aus {MiK\TeX}, {G}host{V}iew und {W}in{E}dt},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {1/98},
  pages = {40--50},
  month = may,
  abstract = {W{\"a}hrend den Nutzern
	 von Linux nach der Installation des Betriebssystems auch gleich ein
	 vollst{\"a}ndiges (und vor allem lauff{\"a}higes) {\TeX}-Gesamtsystem zur
	 Verf{\"u}gung steht, m{\"u}ssen diejenigen, welche {\TeX} auf einem PC unter
	 Windows 95 einsetzen wollen, zuerst noch kr{\"a}ftig Hand anlegen. Der
	 Klassiker unter den {\TeX}-Implementationen f{\"u}r PCs unter DOS ist
	 {em\TeX}; mit zunehmender Verbreitung von Windows 95 (und damit dem
	 oberfl{\"a}chlichen Abschied von DOS) ist die Arbeit damit nicht mehr optimal.},
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Windows, Installation, MiK\TeX, GhostView, WinEdt},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:hirsch:dezimalkomma,
  author = {Richard Hirsch},
  title = {Dezimalkomma beim {\TeX}satz in deutsch},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {1/94},
  pages = {42--45},
  month = jul,
  abstract = {Wenn man in Dezimalbr{\"u}chen einfach ein Komma als Dezimaltrennzeichen
	 verwendet, erh{\"a}lt man unsch{\"o}ne Abst{\"a}nde im Ausdruck.
	 Hier wird eine Definition f{\"u}r das Komma im mathematischen modus
	 vorgestellt, die von selbst erkennt, ob es sich um ein Satzzeichen oder ein
	 Dezimalkomma handelt, und entsprechende Abst{\"a}nde einf{\"u}gt.},
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Dezimalkomma, Formelsatz, Komma in Zahlen, Mathematik},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:hoffmann-axthelm:zu,
  author = {Moriz Hoffmann-Axthelm},
  title = {Zu Torsten Brongers Artikel "`Einfaches Setzen von Texten in Fraktur mittels \texttt{blacklettert1}"'},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {3/03},
  pages = {64--66},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
}

@BOOK{bib:hoischen,
  title = {Technisches Zeichnen},
  publisher = {Cornelsen},
  year = {2000},
  author = {Hans Hoischen},
  address = {Berlin},
  edition = {28},
  month = apr,
  isbn = {3-464-480089},
  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:hosek:writers,
  author = {Don Hosek},
  title = {Writers on type and typography needed},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {1/94},
  pages = {28},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
  keywords = {Typographie},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:hrebabetzky:farbiger,
  author = {Frank Hrebabetzky},
  title = {Farbiger {D}ruck},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {4/93},
  pages = {49},
  month = apr,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:hundt:vers,
  author = {Ekkehardt Hundt},
  title = {Der {V}ers 3:16 -- {E}in {I}nformatiker treibt fr{\"o}hliche {T}heologie},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {1/93},
  pages = {58--59},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  keywords = {Rezension, Knuth, Bibel, Theologie},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:hundt:wettbewerb,
  author = {Ekkehardt Hundt},
  title = {Wettbewerb},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {1/93},
  pages = {56},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Metafont, Addison-Wesley, Logo},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:hundt:nachdrucke,
  author = {Ekkehardt Hundt},
  title = {Nachdrucke der {K}nuth-{B}{\"a}nde},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {3/92},
  pages = {39--40},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Knuth},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:hoeppner:foerderung,
  author = {Dr. Klaus H{\"o}ppner},
  title = {F{\"o}rderung von {\TeX}-Projekten},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {1/01},
  pages = {26--27},
  month = apr,
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:hoeppner:grusswort,
  author = {Klaus H{\"o}ppner},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {4/02},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:hoeppner:tagung,
  author = {Klaus H{\"o}ppner},
  title = {Eine Tagung zwischen den L{\"a}ndern -- Euro{\TeX}\,2001 in Kerkrade},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {4/01},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:hoeppner:erratum,
  author = {Klaus H{\"o}ppner},
  title = {Erratum f{\"u}r die CTAN-CD-ROM von \dante},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {3/99},
  pages = {57--58},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:hoeppner:latex-vademecum,
  author = {Klaus H{\"o}ppner},
  title = {{\LaTeX}-{V}ademecum -- {E}in {K}ompaktf{\"u}hrer f{\"u}r {E}insteiger und {F}ortgeschrittene},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {1/96},
  pages = {60--61},
  month = jun,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  keywords = {Rezension},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:huelse:4alltex,
  author = {Rainer H{\"u}lse},
  title = {4all{\TeX} -- eine {R}eady-to-{R}un-{CD} auf dem {P}r{\"u}fstand},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {4/95},
  pages = {48--51},
  month = mar,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  keywords = {Rezension, CD-ROM},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:huelse.kaspar:expdlist,
  author = {Rainer H{\"u}lse and Wolfgang Kaspar},
  title = {\texttt{EXPDLIST} -- eine {E}rweiterung der \texttt{description}-{U}mgebung},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {1/90},
  pages = {34--36},
  month = mar,
  abstract = {Die erweiterte \texttt{description}-Umgebung soll die {\LaTeX}-\texttt{description}-Umgebung
	 nicht ersetzen, sondern bietet bei Bedarf einige zus{\"a}tzliche
	 M{\"o}glichkeiten. Daneben steht mit \verb+\listpart+ ein neuer, f{\"u}r
	 alle \texttt{list}-Umgebungen g{\"u}ltiger Befehl zur Verf{\"u}gung.},
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Beschreibungen},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:huesing.gloeckner:bericht,
  author = {Johannes H{\"u}sing and J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner},
  title = {Bericht der Rechnungspr{\"u}fer {\"u}ber die Pr{\"u}fung der B{\"u}cher von \dante\ im Gesch{\"a}ftsjahr 2000},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {1/01},
  pages = {20--22},
  month = apr,
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:ingold:dante2002,
  author = {Gert-Ludwig Ingold},
  title = {DANTE\,2002},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {2/02},
  pages = {21--25},
  month = jun,
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:jackowski.nowacki:accents,
  author = {Bogus\l{}aw Jackowski and Janusz M. Nowacki},
  title = {Accents, accents, accents\dots -- enhancing CM fonts with ``funny'' characters},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {3/03},
  pages = {10--32},
  month = sep,
  abstract = { Dieser Artikel beschreibt die
	 Geschichte, Entstehung und Schwierigkeiten bei der Entwicklung der
	 "`Latin Modern Fonts"', die als Projekt der European {\TeX} Users
	 Groups (\dante, GUTenberg, NTG und GUST) im Rahmen der Projektfonds
	 gef{\"o}rdert wurden. Die CM-Type-1-Fonts der AMS stellten die Basis
	 f{\"u}r die LM-Fonts. In LM sind aber nun nicht nur alle akzentuierten
	 Zeichen als eigenst{\"a}ndige Glyphen (zur Zeit maximal 527 pro Font)
	 enthalten, es werden auch Zeichen der EC-Fonts aufgenommen, um einen
	 vollst{\"a}ndigen Ersatz zu schaffen. Im Artikel werden die technischen
	 Mittel und Wege zur Realisierung erl{\"a}utert und die Entscheidungen
	 bez{\"u}glich der Kompatibilit{\"a}t zu den CM-Fonts begr{\"u}ndet. Die
	 LM-Fonts stehen seit dem 5.~August 2003 in der Version~0.86 im CTAN
	 zur Verf{\"u}gung und wurden in die {\TeX}Live~2003 eingebunden. },
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:jackson.voss:plot-funktionen,
  author = {Laura E. Jackson and Herbert Vo{\ss}},
  title = {Die Plot-Funktionen von {\texttt{pst-plot}}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {2/02},
  pages = {27--34},
  month = jun,
  abstract = { Im letzten Heft wurden die mathematischen Funktionen von \PS~im Zusammenhang mit dem
	 {\LaTeX}-Paket \texttt{pst-plot} zum Zeichnen von Funktionen beschrieben und
	 durch Beispiele erl{\"a}utert. In diesem Teil werden die bislang
	 nur erw{\"a}hnten Plot-Funktionen f{\"u}r externe Daten behandelt. },
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:jackson.voss:lyx,
  author = {Laura E. Jackson and Herbert Vo{\ss}},
  title = {LyX -- Open Source Document Processor, Teil 1},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {3/01},
  pages = {24--45},
  month = sep,
  abstract = { \LyX{} als sogenanntes
	 Frontend zu {\LaTeX}, welches wiederum ein Frontend zu {\TeX} ist,
	 versucht etwas zu optimieren, was {\LaTeX} selbst gar nicht leisten
	 will: eine hochwertiges Satzsystem wie {\TeX} einem an tiefsinnigen
	 typographischen Fragen relativ uninteressierten Benutzer zug{\"a}nglich zu
	 machen. \LyX{} versteht sich daher auch nicht als Textprozessor,
	 sondern als Dokument-Prozessor, denn es verf{\"u}gt selbst {\"u}ber
	 keinerlei eigene Formatierungsm{\"o}glichkeiten, die {\"u}ber die
	 Bildschirmdarstellung hinausgehen. Alle beschriebenen Eigenschaften von \LyX{}
	 beziehen sich auf die derzeit offizielle Version \LyX{} 1.1.6fix3. Eine
	 erheblich erweiterte Version 1.2 ist f{\"u}r dieses Jahr zu erwarten. },
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:jackson.voss:lyx,
  author = {Laura E. Jackson and Herbert Vo{\ss}},
  title = {\LyX{} -- Open Source Document Processor, Teil 2},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {4/01},
  month = nov,
  abstract = { Nachdem der erste Teil die prinzipiellen Eigenschaften
	 von \LyX{} behandelt hat, werden in diesem Teil unter anderem die
	 Ein-/Ausgabem{\"o}glichkeiten und einige Beispiele angegeben. Die Kenntnis
	 des ersten Teils ist zwar nicht zwingende Voraussetzung f{\"u}r das
	 Verst{\"a}ndnis der im Folgenden behandelten M{\"o}glichkeiten im
	 Umgang mit \LyX, erleichtert jedoch wesentlich das Verst{\"a}ndnis. },
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:jaeger.koglin:rechtliche,
  author = {Till Jaeger and Olaf Koglin},
  title = {Der rechtliche Schutz von Fonts},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {2/02},
  pages = {35--46},
  month = jun,
  abstract = { Trotz ihrer wirtschaftlich durchaus gro{\ss}en
	 Bedeutung haben Computerschrifttypen, Fonts genannt, bislang in der
	 juristischen Lehre und Rechtsprechung keine besondere Rolle gespielt. Dies
	 {\"u}berrascht, da inzwischen ein Gro{\ss}teil aller Druckerzeugnisse mit Hilfe
	 computerisierter Printverfahren hergestellt wird und den Schrifttypen
	 dabei hinsichtlich {\"A}sthetik und guter Lesbarkeit ein wesentlicher
	 Einfluss zukommt. F{\"u}r die Erstellung eines qualitativ hochwertigen
	 Schriftzeichensatzes ist ein enormer handwerklicher, bisweilen auch
	 k{\"u}nstlerischer Aufwand erforderlich. Mit einem Urteil des LG K{\"o}ln wurde
	 -- soweit ersichtlich -- erstmals durch ein deutsches Gericht zur
	 Schutzf{\"a}higkeit von Fonts im Rahmen der Immaterialg{\"u}terrechtsordnung
	 Stellung genommen und dabei nicht nur die Schutzf{\"a}higkeit auf der
	 Grundlage des Schriftzeichengesetzes angenommen, sondern Fonts auch als
	 Computer\-programme gem. \S{}~69a UrhG f{\"u}r urheberrechtsf{\"a}hig
	 angesehen. Der vorliegende Beitrag soll die unterschiedlichen rechtlichen
	 Schutzm{\"o}glichkeiten aufzeigen. Dabei wird dargelegt, dass es tr{\"u}gerisch sein
	 kann, sich auf den urheberrechtlichen Schutz von Fonts zu verlassen. },
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:jones:underfull,
  author = {Frankeye Jones},
  title = {The {U}nderfull {B}adness {B}lues},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {2/95},
  pages = {44},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Humor, Satire},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:jones:underfull,
  author = {Frankeye Jones},
  title = {The {U}nderfull {B}adness {B}lues},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1989},
  volume = {0/89},
  pages = {31},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#magazin#},
  keywords = {Humor, Satire},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:joswig:bemerkungen,
  author = {Michael J. Joswig},
  title = {Bemerkungen zum {A}tari-{\TeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {4/91},
  pages = {57--58},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, Atari},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:juritza:wandel-exe,
  author = {Dieter Juritza},
  title = {\texttt{WANDEL.EXE} -- ein vielf{\"a}ltig nutzbarer {F}ormatkonverter},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {3/92},
  pages = {31--32},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Konverter, \verb|Wandel.exe|},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:jurzitza:schaltbilder,
  author = {Dieter Jurzitza},
  title = {Schaltbilder mit {\LaTeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {4/92},
  pages = {34},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Schaltbilder},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:just:protokoll,
  author = {Ehrenfried Just},
  title = {Protokoll der 16.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.V.},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {1/97},
  pages = {7--18},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:kalski:pictex-manual,
  author = {Jens Kalski},
  title = {{\PiCTeX}-{M}anual},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {2/92},
  pages = {50},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, \PiCTeX},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:kamlage:texstar,
  author = {Michael Kamlage},
  title = {{\TeX}{S}tar -- {E}ine {O}berfl{\"a}che f{\"u}r {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {4/93},
  pages = {38--39},
  month = apr,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {\TeX{}Star, Oberfl{\"a}che},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:kastrup:latex,
  author = {David Kastrup},
  title = {{\LaTeX} und WYSIWYG? -- {preview-latex} unter Emacs und andere Ans{\"a}tze},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {4/02},
  pages = {10--26},
  month = dec,
  abstract = { Der anweisungsbasierte Typensatz mit {\TeX}/{\LaTeX}\ hat seine
	 Leistungsf{\"a}higkeit und Flexibilit{\"a}t f{\"u}r eine Vielzahl von Anwendungen
	 wiederholt unter Beweis gestellt. Es wird aber der Mangel an unmittelbarem
	 visuellen Feedback nicht nur bei Anf{\"a}ngern oft als ein Manko bei
	 der Dokumenterstellung und der Korrektur empfunden. Es existieren
	 mittlerweile eine Reihe von Versuchen, dieses Problem anzugehen, angefangen
	 bei einfachen token-basierten Ans{\"a}tzen (Syntax Highlighting,
	 Spezialzeichens{\"a}tze wie mit \texttt{xsymbol}) bis hin zu kompletten
	 Textverarbeitungssystemen (\LyX{} und {\TeX}macs), die {\LaTeX}\ im Wesentlichen
	 nur als Exportsprache nutzen. Eine weitere Klasse von Werkzeugen
	 konzentriert sich nicht auf das Editieren, sondern auf schnellen
	 Zugriff auf die gesetzte Form, meist als seitenorientierte Vorschau in
	 einem separaten Fenster (whizzy\TeX, Instant~Preview). Zwar ist die
	 Verarbeitungsgeschwindigkeit dieser Varianten auf heutigen Systemen
	 mehr als ausreichend, dennoch bleibt das Bed{\"u}rfnis nach einer
	 engeren Kopplung von Quelltext und Vorschau beim Editieren. "`Source
	 Specials"' sind ein Werkzeug f{\"u}r eine solche Querverbindung. Das
	 preview-latex-Paket des Autors stellt eine wesentlich engere Kopplung durch
	 die direkte Platzierung von Vorschauelementen im Quelltext bereit. },
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:kastrup:tex-makros,
  author = {David Kastrup},
  title = {{\TeX}-{M}akros f{\"u}r {F}ortgelaufene},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {3/94},
  pages = {49--52},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:kastrup.kohm.ea:extex,
  author = {David Kastrup and Markus Kohm and Torsten Kr{\"u}ger and Michael Niedermair and Rolf Niepraschk},
  title = {{\ExTeX} -- ein {\"U}berblick},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {4/03},
  pages = {32-38},
  month = nov,
  abstract = { Im Dezember 2002 fand sich eine kleine Gruppe von
	 Ideentr{\"a}gern und Entwicklern zusammen, um basierend auf \NTS\ eine
	 Weiterentwicklung von {\TeX}\ auf den Weg zu bringen. Am Anfang standen
	 dabei einige kaum in Worte gefasste Ideen und die Notwendigkeit,
	 sich in vorhandene Quellen und {\TeX}-Erweiterungen einzuarbeiten.
	 Bereits bevor die Gruppe vom 3. bis 5.~Oktober 2003 erstmalig zu
	 einer Klausurtagung zusammenfand, stand nach vielen Experimenten
	 und Begutachtungen fest, dass hochgesteckte Ziele nur zu erreichen
	 sind, wenn gro{\ss}e Teile von {\TeX}\ und damit von \NTS\ ersetzt
	 werden. Daraus ergab sich der Beschluss, auf Basis der Erfahrungen von
	 \NTS, \eTeX, \pdfTeX\ und \OMEGA\ (Omega) ein in gro{\ss}en Teilen
	 neues Java-System zu entwickeln -- \ExTeX. Im Folgenden wird der
	 aktuelle Stand der Arbeiten und der Planung wiedergegeben. Gleichzeitig
	 bitten wir um zus{\"a}tzliche Anregungen und Diskussion des Konzepts. },
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:kayssner:wege,
  author = {Christian Kayssner},
  title = {Wege des {\TeX}nischen {F}ortschritts {(II)}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/98},
  pages = {43--47},
  month = dec,
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:kayssner:handbuecher,
  author = {Christian Kayssner},
  title = {Handb{\"u}cher},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {3/94},
  pages = {21--24},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Handb{\"u}cher, Booklets, A4, A5, \verb|DOUBLE|},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:kiefel:latex,
  author = {Volker Kiefel},
  title = {{\LaTeX} als normales "`Schreibwerkzeug"' im Alltag},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {4/01},
  month = nov,
  abstract = { Au{\ss}erhalb der klassischen
	 {\TeX}-Anwendungsbereiche spielt {\LaTeX}\ als Software zum Erstellen von
	 Dokumenten aller Art offensichtlich eine eher nachgeordnete Rolle.
	 Dabei weist {\LaTeX}\ eine Reihe von Vorz{\"u}gen auf, die es als
	 Alternative zu den weit verbreiteten kommerziellen Produkten empfehlen.
	 Unerwartete Hindernisse k{\"o}nnen sich allerdings dann ergeben, wenn man
	 unter {\LaTeX}\ erstellte Manuskripte in elektronischer Form einer
	 Zeitschrift beispielsweise im Bereich der Biowissenschaften "`andienen"'
	 m{\"o}chte. F{\"u}r dieses und {\"a}hnliche Probleme lassen sich
	 jedoch L{\"o}sungen finden. Dieser kurze Erfahrungsbericht ist als
	 Anregung f{\"u}r diejenigen gedacht, die mit {\LaTeX}\ noch keine
	 Erfahrung gesammelt haben und die zumindest teilweise eine Einbeziehung
	 von {\LaTeX}\ in die Erledigung ihrer t{\"a}glichen Schreibarbeit
	 erw{\"a}gen oder die gerade beginnen, {\LaTeX}\ zu verwenden. Der erfahrene
	 {\LaTeX}-Anwender wird im Folgenden dagegen nicht viel Neues finden. },
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:kinch:microsoft,
  author = {Richard Kinch},
  title = {Microsoft kauft {\TeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {3/98},
  pages = {51--53},
  month = oct,
  abstract = {Dieser Artikel sollte eigentlich in der April-Ausgabe von "`Die {\TeX}
	 nische Kom{\"o}die"' erscheinen, genauer am 1. April des Jahres. Die
	 Redaktion m{\"o}chte den Lesern diesen Artikel nicht vorenthalten,
	 wenn er auch jahreszeitlich etwas versp{\"a}tet erscheint. Autor
	 ist Richard Kinch, der die kommerzielle {\TeX}-Version TRUE{\TeX}
	 vertreibt. Auf eine {\"U}bersetzung wurde bewu{\ss}t verzichtet,
	 da der Stil so typisch f{\"u}r amerikanische "`Nachrichten"' ist.},
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:kisker:rumgraph,
  author = {H.-W. Kisker},
  title = {rumgraph -- {E}inbindung von {P}ixel-{B}ildern in ein {\TeX}-{D}okument, {T}eil 1},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {3/91},
  pages = {22},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Grafik, Bilder, RUMgraph},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:kisker:rumgraph,
  author = {H.-W. Kisker},
  title = {rumgraph -- {E}inbindung von {P}ixel-{B}ildern in ein {\TeX}-{D}okument, {T}eil 2},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {4/91},
  pages = {16--23},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Grafik, Bilder, RUMgraph},
}

@BOOK{bib:kloeckl,
  title = {{\LaTeX} -- Tipps und Tricks},
  publisher = {dpunkt},
  year = {2002},
  author = {Ingo Klöckl},
  address = {Heidelberg},
  edition = {2},
  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:knappen:bericht,
  author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {\MF}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/97},
  pages = {25--26},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
  keywords = {Metafont},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:knappen:ankuendigung,
  author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen},
  title = {Ank{\"u}ndigung: {D}ie ec-{S}chriten 1.0 sind da!},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {4/96},
  pages = {8--9},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Fonts (EC), Cork, textcomp, T1-encoding, EC-Fonts},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:knappen:bericht,
  author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {\MF}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {1/96},
  pages = {48--52},
  month = jun,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Metafont},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:knappen:bericht,
  author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {\MF}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {3/96},
  pages = {61--62},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Metafont},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:knappen:tafel-fett,
  author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen},
  title = {Tafel-{F}ett, {H}eft 2/96},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {3/96},
  pages = {69},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:knappen:bericht,
  author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {\MF}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {3/95},
  pages = {39--40},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:knappen:bericht,
  author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen},
  title = {Bericht von der 6.~europ{\"a}ischen {\TeX}-{K}onferenz},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {4/91},
  pages = {6--11},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#theatertage#},
  keywords = {Tagungsbericht},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:knuth:important,
  author = {Donald E. Knuth},
  title = {Important Message to all Users of {\TeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {2/96},
  pages = {10--13},
  month = aug,
  abstract = {Auf Donald E. Knuths WWW-Seite
	 \texttt{http://www-cs-faculty.Stanford.EDU/~knuth/cm.html} befindet sich
	 seit einigen Monaten ein Aufruf an die Benutzer des Textsatzsystemes
	 {\TeX}. Er weist darin auf zwei Probleme hin, die die von ihm erstellte
	 Computer-Modern-Schriftfamilie betreffen. Das erste Problem, das Anfang Juni entdeckt
	 wurde, betrifft eine nicht von Knuth autorisierte {\"A}nderung an den
	 Quelldateien, die zu Inkompatibilit{\"a}ten f{\"u}hrt. Diese ge{\"a}nderten
	 Quelldateien werden mit der Linux-Slackware-Distribution verteilt. Auf
	 das zweite Problem, da{\ss} h{\"a}ufig noch veraltete Versionen der
	 Computer-Modern-Schriften verwendet werden, wurde schon mehrmals
	 von J{\"o}rg Knappen hingewiesen; zuletzt in der Ausgabe 1/1996,
	 S.~52, der Mitgliederzeitung. \par Bitte {\"u}berpr{\"u}fen Sie ihre
	 {\TeX}-Installation und besorgen Sie sich, falls Sie veraltete oder ver{\"a}nderte
	 Computer-Modern-Schriften verwenden, die offiziellen Dateien der
	 neuesten Version vom CTAN (Comprehensive {\TeX} Archive Network).},
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
  keywords = {Knuth, Metafont, Fonts,
	 Schriften, Fehlerbericht, Linux, Slackware, Computer-Modern-Schriften},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:knuth:new,
  author = {Donald E. Knuth},
  title = {The New Versions of {\TeX} and {\MF}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {1/90},
  pages = {16--22},
  month = mar,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Knuth, \TeX-Entwicklung, Metafont-Entwicklung},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:knuth:future,
  author = {Donald E. Knuth},
  title = {The Future of {\TeX} and {\MF}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {4/90},
  pages = {23--25},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Knuth, Metafont-Entwicklung, \TeX-Entwicklung},
}

@BOOK{bib:knuth,
  title = {Digital Typography},
  publisher = {CSLI Publications},
  year = {1998},
  author = {Donald Ervin Knuth},
  number = {78},
  series = {CSLI lecture notes},
  address = {Stanford},
  month = aug,
  isbn = {0-57586-011-2},
  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:koch:einladung,
  author = {Thomas Koch},
  title = {Einladung zur 25.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V.},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {2/01},
  pages = {5--6},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:koch:einladung,
  author = {Thomas Koch},
  title = {Einladung zur {\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2002 und 26.~Mitgliederversammlung von \dante},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {4/01},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:koch:einladung,
  author = {Thomas Koch},
  title = {Einladung zur 24.~Mitgliederversammlung von {DANTE e.V.}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {4/00},
  pages = {12},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:koch:bericht,
  author = {Thomas Koch},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {OS/2}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {1/97},
  pages = {61},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {OS/2},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:koch:latex-wegweiser,
  author = {Thomas Koch},
  title = {Der {\LaTeX}-{W}egweiser},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {1/97},
  pages = {65--66},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  keywords = {Rezensionen, Grundkonzepte, \LaTeXe-Beschreibung},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:koch:bericht,
  author = {Thomas Koch},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {OS/2}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {1/95},
  pages = {34--35},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {OS/2},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:koch:bericht,
  author = {Thomas Koch},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {OS}/2},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {3/95},
  pages = {40--41},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:koch:bericht,
  author = {Thomas Koch},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {OS/2}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {3/94},
  pages = {36},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {OS/2},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:koch.schaa:grusswort,
  author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {1/01},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = apr,
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:koch.schaa:grusswort,
  author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {2/01},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:koch.schaa:grusswort,
  author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {3/01},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:koch.schaa:grusswort,
  author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {4/01},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:koch.schaa:grusswort,
  author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {1/00},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:koch.schaa:grusswort,
  author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {2/00},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:koch.schaa:grusswort,
  author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {3/00},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:koch.schaa:grusswort,
  author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {4/00},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:koch.schaa:grusswort,
  author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {{G}ru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {1/99},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = feb,
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:koch.schaa:grusswort,
  author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {2/99},
  pages = {4},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:koch.schaa:grusswort,
  author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {3/99},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:koch.schaa:grusswort,
  author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {4/99},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:koch.schaa:grusswort,
  author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {{G}ru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/98},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = dec,
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:koen:raechtschraibrehform,
  author = {Wilhelm H. Koen},
  title = {R{\"a}chtschraibrehform, {H}eft 3/97},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {1/98},
  pages = {57--58},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, Rechtschreibreform},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:kohm:moderne,
  author = {Markus Kohm},
  title = {Moderne Briefe mit KOMAScript},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {2/03},
  pages = {32--51},
  month = may,
  abstract = { Einige KOMAScript-Anwender haben den falschen Eindruck gewonnen, der Satzspiegel
	 w{\"a}re bei Briefen gegen{\"u}ber der Anschrift und dem {\"u}brigen
	 Briefkopf einger{\"u}ckt. Dieser Eindruck entsteht insbesondere dann sehr
	 leicht, wenn die Anleitung zu KOMAScript und insbesondere das Kapitel
	 {\"u}ber \texttt{scrlttr2} nicht gr{\"u}ndlich genug studiert wird. In
	 Wirklichkeit sind Satzspiegel und Briefkopf oder Anschrift einfach
	 nur voneinander losgel{\"o}st. In diesem Artikel wird nun nicht nur
	 gezeigt, wie man diese wieder aneinander koppeln kann. Es soll dabei
	 auch ein sinnvoller Satzspiegel und ein modernes Layout entstehen. },
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:kohm:satzspiegelkonstruktionen,
  author = {Markus Kohm},
  title = {Satzspiegelkonstruktionen im Vergleich},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {4/02},
  pages = {28--48},
  month = dec,
  abstract = { Die Konstruktion von Satzspiegeln, also die
	 Bestimmung des Textbereichs auf der Seite, ist eine Kunst, die seit dem
	 Mittelalter von Profis gepflegt wird. Im Laufe der Zeit wurden viele
	 unterschiedliche Verfahren ersonnen, verworfen, vergessen, aber auch
	 weiterentwickelt und dokumentiert. Einige dieser Verfahren sind mit Schlagworten
	 belegt, die sie legend{\"a}r machen. Obwohl angeblich an jeder Legende
	 auch etwas Wahres ist, birgt die Legendenbildung auch Gefahren. Es
	 gilt daher, Legende und Wirklichkeit miteinander zu vergleichen. },
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:kohm:briefkoepfe,
  author = {Markus Kohm},
  title = {Briefk{\"o}pfe mit \KOMAScript},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {2/01},
  pages = {19--40},
  month = jul,
  abstract = { Wer eben mal rasch einen Brief schreiben
	 will, st{\"o}rt sich h{\"a}ufig daran, dass er erst eine gro{\ss}e
	 Pr{\"a}ambel zusammenbasteln oder seine Standardpr{\"a}ambel aus einem alten
	 Brief kopieren muss. Soll dann je nach Brief eine Angabe mehr oder
	 weniger im Briefkopf gesetzt werden, muss man zudem jedesmal von neuem
	 {\"u}berlegen, wie dies oder jenes am besten erreicht wird. Der Artikel soll
	 zeigen, dass es auch anders geht: mit einem Paket, das einmal alle
	 Varianten implementiert und durch Optionen ausw{\"a}hlbar macht. },
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:kohm:verkleinerte,
  author = {Markus Kohm},
  title = {Verkleinerte und vergr{\"o}{\ss}erte Ausgaben mit {\LaTeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {1/99},
  pages = {7--26},
  month = feb,
  abstract = {Eine immer wiederkehrende Frage zu \LaTeX\ betrifft die
	 korrekte Vorgehensweise zur Vergr{\"o}{\ss}erung oder Verkleinerung von
	 Dokumenten. Da diese Frage unterschiedlich motiviert sein kann und der
	 Fragesteller sich oftmals {\"u}ber seine Motive nicht vollst{\"a}ndig klar
	 ist, f{\"a}llt es den Experten h{\"a}ufig nicht leicht, die Frage in
	 der Hinsicht korrekt zu beantworten, da{\ss} der tats{\"a}chlich
	 gew{\"u}nschte Effekt erzielt wird. Im nachfolgenden Artikel werden deshalb
	 ausgehend von einem h{\"a}ufig anzutreffenden Fallbeispiel verschiedene
	 M{\"o}glichkeiten vorgestellt und gegeneinander abgewogen. Aufmerksame Leser der
	 deutschsprachigen DE-\TeX-/DANTE-FAQ wird es nicht verwundern, zumindest eine der
	 hier empfohlenen L{\"o}sungen dort auch in Kurzform wiederzufinden.},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:kohm:jung,
  author = {Markus Kohm},
  title = {Jung gewohnt, alt getan},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/97},
  pages = {42},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:kohm:es,
  author = {Markus Kohm},
  title = {Es ist nicht alles {G}old, was gl{\"a}nzt},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {2/98},
  pages = {54--59},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:kohm:koma-script,
  author = {Markus Kohm},
  title = {\textsc{Koma-Script} -- {E}ine {A}lternative zu den {S}tandardklassen?},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {2/96},
  pages = {14--33},
  month = aug,
  abstract = {Wer die Newsgroups wie
	 \texttt{de.comp.tex} aufmerksam verfolgt, wird immer wieder Verweise auf
	 \textsc{Koma-Script} finden. Selbst in der DE-{\TeX}-/DANTE-FAQ sind inzwischen
	 mehrere Verweise auf dieses Paket zu lesen. Auf den folgenden Seiten
	 soll daher die Entstehung, die Motivation, die Grundz{\"u}ge und die
	 Verwendung von \textsc{Koma-Script} erl{\"a}utert werden. Um den
	 Rahmen nicht zu sprengen, werden nur die Klassen \texttt{scrartcl},
	 \texttt{scrreprt} und \texttt{scrbook} sowie das Satzspiegelpaket
	 \texttt{typearea} erl{\"a}utert. Die Briefklasse \texttt{scrletter} und die
	 erg{\"a}nzenden Pakete \texttt{scrpage}, \texttt{scrtime}, \texttt{scrdate},
	 \texttt{scraddr} und die zu \texttt{scrlettr} geh{\"o}renden Beispieldokumente
	 \texttt{phone} und \texttt{dir} werden hier ausgeklammert. F{\"u}r die
	 Installation sei auf die Anleitungen, die zum Paket geh{\"o}ren, verwiesen.},
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {\textsc{Koma-Script}, \LaTeX-Klassen},
}

@BOOK{bib:koma,
  title = {KOMA-Script -- eine Sammlung von Klassen und Paketen für {\LaTeXe}},
  publisher = {Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung {\TeX} {e.\,V.}},
  year = {2003},
  author = {Marus Kohm and Jens-Uwe Morawski},
  address = {Darmstadt},
  month = feb,
  note = {Anleitung zu Version 2.9o},
  isbn = {3-936427-45-3},
  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:krebs:metafont-reparaturen,
  author = {Peter Krebs},
  title = {{\MF}-{R}eparaturen -- f{\"u}r {L}aien},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {1/93},
  pages = {41--42},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Metafont, Fonts, Schriften, yswab, Fraktur},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:kruljac:bibtex,
  author = {Gabriele Kruljac},
  title = {{\BibTeX} und \texttt{MAKEINDEX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {1/90},
  pages = {23--24},
  month = mar,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {\MakeIndex, BibTeX},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:kruljac.burr:editorial,
  author = {Gabriele Kruljac and Barbara Burr},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {1/90},
  pages = {3},
  month = mar,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:kruljac.burr:editorial,
  author = {Gabriele Kruljac and Barbara Burr},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1989},
  volume = {0/89},
  pages = {3--4},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:kruljac.burr:treffen,
  author = {Gabriele Kruljac and Barbara Burr},
  title = {8.~{T}reffen der deutschsprachigen {{\TeX}-Anwender} in {E}ichst{\"a}tt, 12.--13.~{O}ktober 1989},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1989},
  volume = {0/89},
  pages = {18--20},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  keywords = {Rezension},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:kruljac-dronskowski:grusswort,
  author = {Gabriele Kruljac-Dronskowski},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort zum {A}bschied},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {1/91},
  pages = {11--12},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:kuchel.muus:kalender,
  author = {W.F. Kuchel and P.H. Muus},
  title = {Kalender},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {3/92},
  pages = {35--36},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Kalender},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:kurdelski:stammtisch,
  author = {Lutz-Peter Kurdelski},
  title = {Stammtisch in {B}remerhafen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {1/93},
  pages = {26},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
  keywords = {Stammtisch,},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:kusznier:verwaltungskueche,
  author = {Heinz Kusznier},
  title = {Aus der {V}erwaltungsk{\"u}che},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {3/94},
  pages = {53},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:kusznier:artikel,
  author = {Heinz Kusznier},
  title = {Artikel und die darin beschriebene {S}oftware},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {1/93},
  pages = {60--61},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:kusznier:sprachschwierigkeiten,
  author = {Heinz Kusznier},
  title = {Sprachschwierigkeiten},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {3/92},
  pages = {45},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:lachenmayr:einfuehrung,
  author = {Dr.~Georg Lachenmayr},
  title = {"`Einf{\"u}hrung in {\LaTeXe}"' von {K}arsten {G}{\"u}nther},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/98},
  pages = {39--42},
  month = dec,
  annote = {#rezension#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:lachenmayr:tex-tagung,
  author = {Georg Lachenmayr},
  title = {{\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2001 in Rosenheim -- Einladung und Call for Papers},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {4/00},
  pages = {58},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {Spielplan},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:lagally:interlinearuebersetzung,
  author = {Klaus Lagally},
  title = {Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung: ein Vorschlag},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {3/99},
  pages = {30--33},
  month = aug,
  abstract = {In Heft 2/1999 von \emph{\DTK} fragt Siegfried Splett nach einer bequemen M{\"o}glichkeit,
	 in zweisprachigen Texten Satzteile einander zuzuordnen und jeweils
	 zweizeilig untereinander abzusetzen. Hier ist ein L{\"o}sungsvorschlag. },
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:lagally:alternative,
  author = {Klaus Lagally},
  title = {Das alternative {\LaTeX}-{G}lossar -- {A}ddendum},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {2/96},
  pages = {67--68},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Humor, Satire},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:lammarsch:fonds,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {{F}onds zur {U}nterst{\"u}tzung von {M}itgliedern},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/97},
  pages = {12},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:lammarsch:grusswort,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/97},
  pages = {5--12},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:lammarsch:kommentar,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {{K}ommentar zum {O}ffenen {B}rief},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/97},
  pages = {63--65},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:lammarsch:bar-kasse,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Die {B}ar-{K}asse -- {D}as {E}rgebnis der {R}echerche},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {1/98},
  pages = {29--33},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:lammarsch:erlebnisse,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Erlebnisse einer {P}olenreise},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {3/98},
  pages = {47--50},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Euro\TeX},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:lammarsch:grusswort,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {4/96},
  pages = {4--7},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:lammarsch:grusswort,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {1/97},
  pages = {4--7},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:lammarsch:grusswort,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {2/97},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:lammarsch:grusswort,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {3/97},
  pages = {5--8},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:lammarsch:brief,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Ein {B}rief an die c't},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {1/96},
  pages = {18},
  month = jun,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
  keywords = {c't},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:lammarsch:grusswort,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {1/96},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = jun,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:lammarsch:grusswort,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {2/96},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:lammarsch:grusswort,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {3/96},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:lammarsch:bericht,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {MVS}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {1/95},
  pages = {34},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {MVS},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:lammarsch:grusswort,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {1/95},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:lammarsch:grusswort,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {2/95},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:lammarsch:aera,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Die {\"A}ra des {P}r{\"a}sidenten geht zu {E}nde \dots},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {3/95},
  pages = {20--21},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:lammarsch:beschreibung,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Beschreibung der {CD-ROM} von {DANTE} e.{V}.},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {3/95},
  pages = {48--50},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {CD-ROM, CTAN},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:lammarsch:fonds,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Fonds zur {U}nterst{\"u}tzung von {M}itgliedern},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {3/95},
  pages = {21},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:lammarsch:grusswort,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {3/95},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:lammarsch:grusswort,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {4/95},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = mar,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:lammarsch:grusswort,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {1/94},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:lammarsch:fonds,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Fonds zur {U}nterst{\"u}tzung von {M}itgliedern},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {2/94},
  pages = {7},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:lammarsch:grusswort,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {2/94},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:lammarsch:bericht,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {MVS}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {3/94},
  pages = {36},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {MVS},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:lammarsch:grusswort,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {3/94},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:lammarsch:grusswort,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {1/93},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:lammarsch:fond,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Fond zur {U}nterst{\"u}tzung von {M}itgliedern},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {2/93},
  pages = {5},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:lammarsch:grusswort,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {2/93},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:lammarsch:grusswort,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {3/93},
  pages = {4--6},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:lammarsch:grusswort,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {4/93},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = apr,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:lammarsch:grusswort,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {1/92},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:lammarsch:aergernis,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Das {\"A}rgernis},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {2/92},
  pages = {47},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Public Domain, Shareware, Chip, em\TeX, TUG},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:lammarsch:grusswort,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {2/92},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:lammarsch:umgebungsbereich,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Umgebungsbereich zu klein?},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {2/92},
  pages = {46},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#schonimmer#},
  keywords = {MS-DOS, Umgebungsbereich},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:lammarsch:beginners,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {A {B}eginners {B}ook of {\TeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {3/92},
  pages = {41--43},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  keywords = {Rezension},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:lammarsch:grusswort,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {4/92},
  pages = {4--6},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:lammarsch:dante,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Neues von {DANTE}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {2/91},
  pages = {4--7},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:lammarsch:qms-ps,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {{QMS PS} {L}aserdrucker},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {2/91},
  pages = {32--33},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:lammarsch:ruecktritt,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {R{\"u}cktritt des {E}uropean {C}oordinators},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {2/91},
  pages = {9},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:lammarsch:wahlen,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Wahlen zum \emph{Board of Directors}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {2/91},
  pages = {7--8},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:lammarsch:resumee,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Ein {R}esumee},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {3/91},
  pages = {17--18},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:lammarsch:aktuelle,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Aktuelle {A}uflage der {\TeX}-{B}{\"u}cher},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {4/91},
  pages = {47},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:lammarsch:grusswort,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {4/91},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:lammarsch:tex-buecher,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Drei {\TeX}-{B}{\"u}cher im {V}ergleich},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {4/91},
  pages = {48--51},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  keywords = {Rezension},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:lammarsch:xtex,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {{x\TeX}, {y\TeX}, {z\TeX}, \dots {W}ieviele {V}ersionen wird es noch geben?},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {1/90},
  pages = {37--39},
  month = mar,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  keywords = {Rezension, \TeX-Versionen},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:lammarsch:dante,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Dante {L}etter},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {2/90},
  pages = {4--6},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:lammarsch:jahresrueckblick,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Jahresr{\"u}ckblick},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {4/90},
  pages = {4--7},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:lammarsch:tests,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Tests von verschiedenen {PC}-{V}ersionen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {4/90},
  pages = {37--41},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {MS-DOS, PC\TeX, Turbo\TeX, em\TeX, $\mu$\TeX, PubliC\TeX, sb\TeX},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:lammarsch:bericht,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Bericht eines {USA}-{R}eisenden},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1989},
  volume = {0/89},
  pages = {12--15},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  keywords = {Rezension},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:lammarsch:software,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {Software vom {S}erver auf {D}iskette},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1989},
  volume = {0/89},
  pages = {26},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:lammarsch:tex,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch},
  title = {{\TeX} f{\"u}r {IBM-PC} und {K}ompatible},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1989},
  volume = {0/89},
  pages = {25},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:lammarsch.taylor.ea:bericht,
  author = {Joachim Lammarsch and Philip Taylor and Ji{\v{r}}\'{\i} Zlatu{\v{s}}ka},
  title = {Bericht der Evaluation des \NTS-Projekts},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {2/99},
  pages = {16--19},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:landmann:dc-fonts,
  author = {J{\"o}rg Landmann},
  title = {{DC}-{F}onts},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {4/91},
  pages = {57},
  month = dec,
  note = {mit einer {A}ntwort von Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, DC-Fonts, Fonts (DC), Umlaute},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:landmann:serverzugang,
  author = {J{\"o}rg Landmann},
  title = {Serverzugang},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {4/91},
  pages = {56},
  month = dec,
  note = {mit {A}ntwort von Joachim Lammarsch},
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:lanfermann:resuemee,
  author = {Dr. Klaus Lanfermann},
  title = {Res{\"u}m{\'e}e eines {M}itglieds},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {3/98},
  pages = {59--61},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:lang:liebe,
  author = {Christian B. Lang},
  title = {Liebe {\TeX}nische {F}reunde},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {1/98},
  pages = {59},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:langhaus:serverzugang,
  author = {Claus Langhaus},
  title = {Serverzugang},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {1/92},
  pages = {54},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:langhaus:elektronische,
  author = {Claus Langhaus},
  title = {Elektronische {K}ommunikation f{\"u}r {J}edermann},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {2/92},
  pages = {22--26},
  month = aug,
  abstract = {In diesem Artikel wird der Versuch
	 unternommen, die M{\"o}glichkeiten der elektronischen Kommunikation f{\"u}r
	 Privatleute zu beleuchten, soweit sie f{\"u}r die Mitglieder von
	 {DANTE}, Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.V., interessant
	 sind. Es wird dabei auch auf die verschiedenen Netze eingegangen.},
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:lauschke:leidigen,
  author = {Andreas Lauschke},
  title = {Diese leidigen {M}engenzeichen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {4/93},
  pages = {33--35},
  month = apr,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Mengensymbole, Formelsatz, blackboard bold, bbold},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:lazrek:package,
  author = {Azzeddine Lazrek},
  title = {A package for typesetting Arabic mathematical formulas},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {2/01},
  pages = {54--66},
  month = jul,
  abstract = { {\TeX} and its extension
	 {\LaTeX} have been adapted to handle passages of Arabic script. The
	 package Arab{\TeX} extends the capabilities of {\TeX} and {\LaTeX} to
	 produce documents containing passages in Arabic. A package that extends
	 Arab{\TeX} to typeset Arabic mathematical formulas, with specific
	 symbols and running from right to left, is presented in this paper. },
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:lehmke:atari-tex,
  author = {Stephan Lehmke},
  title = {Atari-{\TeX} und {U}mlaute},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {4/91},
  pages = {52},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, Atari, Umlaute},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:lehmke:grafikeinbindung,
  author = {Stephan Lehmke},
  title = {Grafikeinbindung},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {4/91},
  pages = {53--54},
  month = dec,
  note = {mit Antwort von Friedhelm Sowa},
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, Grafik, \PiCTeX},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:lehrke:linux,
  author = {J{\"o}rg Lehrke},
  title = {Linu{X} -- ein freies *nix f{\"u}r {PC}s},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {1/94},
  pages = {48--51},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Linux, Unix},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:leibner:dokumentation,
  author = {Peter Leibner},
  title = {Zur Dokumentation mit {\LaTeX} und Co.},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {4/01},
  month = nov,
  abstract = { Anhand dieses Beitrags soll gezeigt werden, wie aus einer Quelldatei \PS-, PDF-
	 und HTML-Code erzeugt werden kann. Der Beitrag kn{\"u}pft an den
	 Artikel von Thomas Feuerstack, erschienen in "`\DTK"' 2/2001, an. },
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:lemberg:hyphenation-exception-log,
  author = {Werner Lemberg},
  title = {{Hyphenation Exception Log} f{\"u}r deutsche Trennmuster},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {2/03},
  pages = {28--31},
  month = may,
  abstract = { Dem englischen Vorbild der \emph{\TUG} folgend soll dieser Artikel ein
	 Aufruf zur Mitarbeit sein, die deutschen Trennmuster zu verbessern. },
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:lemberg:cjk-enc,
  author = {Werner Lemberg},
  title = {\texttt{cjk-enc} -- eine Schnittstelle zwischen \texttt{Emacs} und {\LaTeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {3/01},
  pages = {14--23},
  month = sep,
  abstract = { Im dem Artikel wird das
	 Lisp-Programm \texttt{cjkenc.el} beschrieben, eine Schnittstelle zwischen
	 \texttt{Emacs} und {\LaTeX}, welche die verschiedenen Zeichens\"atze von
	 \texttt{Emacs} in f\"ur {\LaTeX} verst"andliche Befehle konvertiert.
	 Urspr"unglich f\"ur ostasiatische Sprachen entwickelt, wurde es inzwischen
	 um europ\"aische Zeichens\"atze (auch Russisch und Neugriechisch)
	 erweitert. \texttt{cjkenc.el} ist Teil des \texttt{CJK}-Pakets. },
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:lemberg:thai-zeichensaetze,
  author = {Werner Lemberg},
  title = {Thai-Zeichens{\"a}tze},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {4/00},
  pages = {26--40},
  month = nov,
  abstract = {Der Artikel beschreibt das
	 Funktionsprinzip der thail{\"a}ndischen Schrift und die Implementation der
	 notwendigen Ligaturen f{\"u}r {\TeX}\ mittels \texttt{afm2tfm}. },
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:lemberg:cjk-paket,
  author = {Werner Lemberg},
  title = {Das {CJK}-{P}aket f{\"u}r {\LaTeXe}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {4/95},
  pages = {30--40},
  month = mar,
  abstract = {Mit MULE (multilingual Emacs) kann man
	 Text in mehreren Sprachen schreiben. Es ist im besonderen entwickelt
	 worden, um asiatische Sprachen in unterschiedlichen Kodierschemata zu
	 editieren. So ist es zum Beispiel m{\"o}glich, Chinesisch in der
	 vereinfachten Schrift (jij{\^a}nt{\^i}z{\`i} in GB-Kodierung) und in der
	 traditionellen Form (f{\'a}nt{\^i}z{\`i} in Big-5-Kodierung) gleichzeitig
	 darzustellen, obwohl sich die Kodierungsbereiche {\"u}berlappen.
	 \par Das CJK-Paket (Chinesich/Japanisch/Koreanisch) ist das Pendant
	 f{\"u}r {\LaTeXe}. Die meisten CJK-Kodierungen sind implemntiert, das
	 interne Kodierschema von MULE wird durch einen kleinen Pr{\"a}prozessor
	 unterst{\"u}tzt. Au{\ss}erdem enth{\"a}lt es Module f{\"u}r Unicode und CEF
	 (Chinese Encoding Framework), das im Prinzip eine Eingabemethode f{\"u}r
	 die CNS-Kodierung (Chinesischer National Standard, zirka 48\,000
	 chinesische Schriftzeichen) ist. \par CJK ist nat{\"u}rlich nicht auf MULE
	 beschr{\"a}nkt. Jeder Editor der eine CJK-Sprache unterst{\"u}tzt, kann
	 verwendet werden. \par Im CJK-Paket sind Hilfsprogramme enthalten,
	 die chinesische TrueType-Fonts und CJK-Bitmap-Zeichens{\"a}tze in
	 \texttt{.pk}-Dateien konvertieren. Zus{\"a}tzlich werden Sprachmodule
	 f{\"u}r CJK-Sprachen zur Verf{\"u}gung gestellt, die in Zusammenarbeit
	 mit dem Koma-Script-Paket syntaktisch korrekte {\"U}berschriften
	 produzieren. \par Dieser Artikel beschreibt Version 3.0.1 des Pakets.},
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {CJK-Paket, Fonts, Chinesisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch, MULE},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:lerbs:bericht,
  author = {Lothar Meyer Lerbs},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {M}acintosh},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {1/96},
  pages = {46--48},
  month = jun,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Macintosh},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.1:lickert:latex,
  author = {Knut Lickert},
  title = {"`{\LaTeX} echt einfach"' von Roland Willms},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {1/02},
  month = mar,
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#rezension#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:lickert:latexfuer,
  author = {Knut Lickert},
  title = {{\LaTeX}\ f{\"u}r Vereinsmeier: \minutes},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {3/00},
  pages = {45--52},
  month = sep,
  abstract = {Mit dem hier beschriebenen Paket \minutes\
	 k{\"o}nnen Protokolle f{\"u}r Vereine o.\,{\"a}.\ erstellt werden.
	 Zusammen mit der Klasse \Lpack{scrartcl} werden einzelne Protokolle
	 erstellt, mit \Lpack{scrreprt}-artigen Klassen kann eine Zusammenfassung
	 mehrerer Protokolle erstellt werden. Das Paket ist im CTAN unter
	 \texttt{tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/minutes/} verf{\"u}gbar. },
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:lickert:blindtext,
  author = {Knut Lickert},
  title = {blindtext.sty: Viel Text um Nichts},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {4/00},
  pages = {47--50},
  month = nov,
  abstract = {Mit dem hier beschriebenen Paket \texttt{blindtext.sty} kann man schnell Text
	 erzeugen, um Klassen und Pakete zu testen. Das Paket ist im CTAN unter
	 \texttt{tex\_archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/minutes/blindtext.dtx} verf{\"u}gbar. },
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:lickert.vieth:eurobachotex2002,
  author = {Knut Lickert and Ulrik Vieth},
  title = {{EuroBacho\TeX\ 2002} in Bachotek/Polen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {3/02},
  pages = {45--53},
  month = oct,
  abstract = {Vom 29.\ April bis zum 3.\ Mai 2002 fand in
	 Bachotek die 13.\ Euro\TeX, zugleich die 10.\ Bacho\TeX\ statt. Dieser
	 Bericht bietet eher einen (subjektiven) Eindruck über die Tagung.},
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:liebing:satzungsaenderung,
  author = {Arnulf Liebing},
  title = {Satzungs{\"a}nderung -- Mitteilung des Satzungsauschusses},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {2/99},
  pages = {19--21},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:liebing:serienbriefe,
  author = {Arnulf Liebing},
  title = {Serienbriefe mit {\LaTeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {2/99},
  pages = {35--38},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:loeser:bericht,
  author = {Christa Loeser},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {V}erlag und {B}uchhandel},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {1/96},
  pages = {54--56},
  month = jun,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Verlag, Buchhandel},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:loeser:bericht,
  author = {Christa Loeser},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {V}erlag und {B}uchhandel},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {1/95},
  pages = {41--42},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Verlag, Buchhandel},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:loeser:bericht,
  author = {Christa Loeser},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {V}erlag und {B}uchhandel},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {3/95},
  pages = {43},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:loeser:bericht,
  author = {Christa Loeser},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {V}erlag und {B}uchhandel},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {3/94},
  pages = {44-45},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Verlag, Buchhandel},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:lotze:eurotex,
  author = {Thomas Lotze },
  title = {Euro{\TeX}~2003 in Brest/Bretagne},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {4/03},
  pages = {15--23},
  month = nov,
  abstract = { Die Euro{\TeX}~2003 fand
	 in der Zeit vom 24.~bis 27.~Juni nahe Brest in der Bretagne statt.
	 Dieser Bericht gilt nicht dem Vortragsprogramm, sondern soll vielmehr
	 meine pers{\"o}nlichen Eindr{\"u}cke von der Konferenz wiedergeben. },
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:loew:aufgabe,
  author = {Michael L{\"o}w},
  title = {Aufgabe},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {3/92},
  pages = {45},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:malek:style-files,
  author = {Matthias Malek},
  title = {Style-{F}iles -- leicht gemacht -- zum {Z}weiten},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {2/95},
  pages = {31--35},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Styles erstellen},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:marquardt:dante99,
  author = {Colin Marquardt},
  title = {Die DANTE'99},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {2/99},
  pages = {22-24},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:matthes:bericht,
  author = {Henning Matthes},
  title = {Bericht von der {F}r{\"u}hjahrstagung in {A}ugsburg},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {1/96},
  pages = {20--23},
  month = jun,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#theatertage#},
  keywords = {Tagungsbericht},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:mehl:anfaengerfragen,
  author = {Albrecht Mehl},
  title = {Anf{\"a}ngerfragen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {2/93},
  pages = {59--61},
  month = sep,
  note = {Mit einer Anmerkung der Redaktion},
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, Promillezeichen, Umgebungen, Absatzformat, Minimalsystem},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:mehl.schmidt:grosse,
  author = {Albrecht Mehl and Walter Schmidt},
  title = {Gro\ss{}e Zeichen in {\LaTeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {4/99},
  pages = {58--59},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#schonimmer#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:meier:zukuenftigen,
  author = {Frank Meier},
  title = {Zum zuk{\"u}nftigen {N}amen des {CTAN}-{S}ervers},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {3/98},
  pages = {58--59},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, CTAN},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:meyer-lerbs:bericht,
  author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {M}acintosch {A}bschlu{\ss}bericht},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/97},
  pages = {24--25},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
  keywords = {Macintosh},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:meyer-lerbs:bericht,
  author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {M}acintosh},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {1/97},
  pages = {58--59},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Macintosh},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:meyer-lerbs:bericht,
  author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {M}acintosh},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {1/95},
  pages = {34},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Macintosh},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:meyer-lerbs:bericht,
  author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {M}acintosh},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {3/94},
  pages = {35--36},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Macintosh},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:meyer-lerbs:so,
  author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
  title = {So kommen {S}ie an {I}hr {\TeX} auf dem {M}ac},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {1/93},
  pages = {52--53},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Macintosh, Oz\TeX, Direct\TeX, Textures},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:meyer-lerbs:viel,
  author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
  title = {Viel {N}eues auf dem {M}ac},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {3/93},
  pages = {55--56},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#schonimmer#},
  keywords = {Macintosh, Oz\TeX, CMac\TeX},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:meyer-lerbs:ganz,
  author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
  title = {Ganz un{\TeX}nische {B}{\"u}cher},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {4/92},
  pages = {38--40},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  keywords = {Rezension, Tschichold},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:meyer-lerbs:tex,
  author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
  title = {{\TeX} auf dem {M}ac},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {4/92},
  pages = {6},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
  keywords = {Macintosh},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:meyer-lerbs:klassiker,
  author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
  title = {Zwei {K}lassiker der {T}ypographie},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {1/91},
  pages = {25--26},
  month = may,
  note = {Rezension zweier B{\"u}cher von Jan Tschichold},
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  keywords = {Rezension, Tschichold},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:meyer-lerbs:tips,
  author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
  title = {Tips zum {T}abellensatz},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {1/91},
  pages = {27--29},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#schonimmer#},
  keywords = {Tabellen, },
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:meyer-lerbs:macintosh,
  author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs},
  title = {Der {M}acintosh und {\TeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {4/91},
  pages = {28--40},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Macintosh, Oz\TeX, Direct\TeX, Textures},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:mischke:eps-grafiken,
  author = {Peter Mischke},
  title = {{EPS-Grafiken}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {4/99},
  pages = {50--57},
  month = nov,
  abstract = {"`Sag mal, wie kann ich eigentlich Grafiken in mein {\LaTeX}-Dokument einbinden?"'
	 Diese Frage hat jeder {\LaTeX}-Anwender schon einmal geh{\"o}rt.
	 "`Gar kein Problem! Speichere sie einfach im EPS-Format und binde
	 sie mit dem Befehl \verb|\includegraphics| ein"', lautet meist die
	 Antwort darauf. Der zweite Schritt bereitet tats{\"a}chlich selten
	 Probleme. Alle modernen {\TeX}-Systeme unterst{\"u}tzen diese Methode.
	 Au{\ss}erdem sind gute Dokumentationen zu dem Thema vorhanden). Probleme
	 treten jedoch h{\"a}ufig beim Speichern im EPS-Format auf. Anhand von
	 drei Beispielen aus der Praxis soll in diesem Artikel aufgezeigt
	 werden, wo Probleme entstehen k{\"o}nnen und wie sie zu umgehen sind. },
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:mischke:tex-umgebung,
  author = {Peter Mischke},
  title = {Eine {\TeX}-{U}mgebung f{\"u}r {OS}/2},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {4/96},
  pages = {56--59},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {EPM, OS/2, Editor},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:mittelbach:laudatio,
  author = {Frank Mittelbach},
  title = {Laudatio auf Professor Hermann Zapf},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {1/00},
  pages = {31--36},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:mittelbach:math,
  author = {Frank Mittelbach},
  title = {Math {F}ont {E}ncoding},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {1/95},
  pages = {26--27},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
  keywords = {Fonts (math), \LaTeX3},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:mittelbach:seitenzahlen,
  author = {Frank Mittelbach},
  title = {Seitenzahlen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {2/94},
  pages = {50--52},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, Markup, Seitenzahlen, \verb|fancyheadings|-Paket},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:mittelbach:latex3,
  author = {Frank Mittelbach},
  title = {{\LaTeX3}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {2/92},
  pages = {15-22},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {\LaTeX-Entwicklung, \LaTeX3},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:mittelbach:brief,
  author = {Frank Mittelbach},
  title = {Brief an den {E}ditor},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {4/90},
  pages = {42},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@BOOK{bib:comp,
  title = {The {\LaTeX} Companion},
  publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
  year = {2004},
  editor = {Frank Mittelbach},
  author = {Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens and Johannes Braams and David Carlisle and Chris Rowley and Christine Detig and Joachim Schrod},
  series = {Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting},
  address = {Boston},
  edition = {2},
  month = feb,
  isbn = {0-201-36299-6},
  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:mittelbach.rowley:latex3,
  author = {Frank Mittelbach and Chris Rowley},
  title = {Das {\LaTeX3} {P}rojekt},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {4/91},
  pages = {12--15},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
  keywords = {\LaTeX3, \LaTeX-Entwicklung, \LaTeX-News},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:molitor:brief,
  author = {Ernst Molitor},
  title = {{B}rief an den {P}r{\"a}sidenten},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/97},
  pages = {61--63},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:molitor:aufbereitung,
  author = {Ernst Molitor},
  title = {Aufbereitung der {E}rgebnisse von {L}iteratur-{R}echerchen f{\"u}r {\LaTeX} und {\BibTeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {2/97},
  pages = {31--36},
  month = jul,
  abstract = {Die inzwischen vielerorts zug\"anglichen Literaturdatenbanken erleichtern die
	 Suche nach Literatur zu einem bestimmten Thema ganz erheblich. Die
	 Umwandlung des Ausgabeformats solcher Datenbanksysteme nach {\LaTeX}
	 und {\BibTeX} ist ohne geeignete Werkzeuge allerdings m\"uhsam. In
	 diesem Artikel m\"ochte ich ein kleines Programm beschreiben, das eine
	 solche Umwandlung eines bestimmten Literaturdatenbank-Ausgabeformates
	 bewerkstelligt. Das Programm ist unter Einsatz von {\textit{flex}}
	 geschrieben und baut auf der \textit{standard template library} auf.},
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Literaturrecherche, Datenbank, Umwandlung, Konverter, \BibTeX, medline, litlex},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:morawski:alt,
  author = {Jens-Uwe Morawski},
  title = {Aus alt mach neu -- {\MP} Recycling},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {4/02},
  pages = {48--62},
  month = dec,
  abstract = { \MP{} ist durch seinen
	 vielf{\"a}ltigen Funktionsvorrat und durch seine gute Integration in
	 das {\TeX}-System ein gern genutztes Werkzeug f{\"u}r ansprechende
	 Illustrationen. Dieser Artikel zeigt, wie mit geringem Aufwand bereits
	 vorhandene \MP-Arbeiten in eine neue Grafik integriert werden k{\"o}nnen. },
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:mueller:mit,
  author = {Ralf M{\"u}ller},
  title = {Mit {\LaTeX} bequem Briefe schreiben},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {2/99},
  pages = {30--35},
  month = may,
  abstract = {Das Schreiben von Briefen, insbesondere Serienbriefen, ist in
	 {\LaTeX} nicht sehr komfortabel. Daher benutzen viele f{\"u}r diese
	 Anwendungen gro{\ss}e WYSIWYG-Programme. Der Artikel stellt eine graphische
	 Benutzeroberfl{\"a}che vor, mit deren Hilfe das Schreiben von Briefen
	 und Serienbriefen extrem vereinfacht wird. Die Bedienung sowie die
	 Funktionsweise des Programmes \emph{tk\_Brief} wird dabei erl{\"a}utert. },
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:muench:protokoll,
  author = {Uwe M{\"u}nch},
  title = {{P}rotokoll der {S}itzung {A}{K} {\"O}ffentlichkeitsarbeit},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/97},
  pages = {18--24},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:muench.schaa:20,
  author = {Uwe M{\"u}nch and Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {20.~TUG-Konferenz, Vancouver/BC, Kanada},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {4/99},
  pages = {25--33},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:neitmann:texim,
  author = {Elisabeth Neitmann},
  title = {"`{\TeX}\ im Jahr 2003: Vorschl{\"a}ge und Thesen zur Zukunft von {\TeX}"', Heft 3/2000},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {4/00},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:neubauer:belichtungsservice,
  author = {Marion Neubauer},
  title = {Belichtungsservice},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/97},
  pages = {12--14},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:neubauer:buecher,
  author = {Marion Neubauer},
  title = {B{\"u}cher bei {DANTE} e.{V}.},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/97},
  pages = {70--73},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#theaterkasse#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:neubauer:grusswort,
  author = {Marion Neubauer},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {1/98},
  pages = {5--7},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:neubauer:offnener,
  author = {Marion Neubauer},
  title = {Offnener {B}rief an das {CTAN}-{T}eam},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {1/98},
  pages = {33--35},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:neubauer:grusswort,
  author = {Marion Neubauer},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {2/98},
  pages = {5--10},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:neubauer:grusswort,
  author = {Marion Neubauer},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {3/98},
  pages = {5--7},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:neubauer:nachtrag,
  author = {Marion Neubauer},
  title = {Nachtrag zum {P}rotokoll der 19.\ {M}itgliderversammlung von {DANTE e.\,V.}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/98},
  pages = {18--19},
  month = dec,
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:neubauer:feinheiten,
  author = {Marion Neubauer},
  title = {Feinheiten bei wissenschaftlichen {P}ublikationen -- {M}ikrotypographie-{R}egeln, {T}eil {I}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {4/96},
  pages = {23-40},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Mikrotypographie, Abk{\"u}rzungen, Akronyme, Einheiten, Himmelsrichtungen, Anf{\"u}hrungszeichen,
	 Satzzeichen, Auslassungen, Sonderzeichen, email-Adressen, Ligaturen},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:neubauer:feinheiten,
  author = {Marion Neubauer},
  title = {Feinheiten bei wissenschaftlichen {P}ublikationen -- {M}ikrotypographie-{R}egeln, {T}eil {II}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {1/97},
  pages = {25--44},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Mikrotypographie, Zahlen, Ziffern, Nummern, Striche, Klammern, geschachtelte Klammern,
	 Wortzwischenr{\"a}ume, Abst{\"a}nde, mathematischer Satz, Worttennungen, Zeilenumbruch},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:neubauer:software,
  author = {Marion Neubauer},
  title = {Neue {S}oftware bei {DANTE} e.V.},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {1/97},
  pages = {19--20},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
  iptvloume = {9},
  keywords = {Software, Verteilung},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:neubauer:software,
  author = {Marion Neubauer},
  title = {Neue {S}oftware bei {DANTE} e.V.},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {2/97},
  pages = {5--7},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
  keywords = {Software, Verteilung},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:neubauer:aeltere,
  author = {Marion Neubauer},
  title = {{\"A}ltere {A}usgaben von {\TeX}-{B}{\"u}chern bei {DANTE} {e.V.}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {3/97},
  pages = {48--50},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#theaterkasse#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:neubauer:kalender,
  author = {Marion Neubauer},
  title = {Kalender in {\TeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {4/90},
  pages = {43--45},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Kalender},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:neubauer:protokoll,
  author = {Marion Neubauer},
  title = {Protokoll der {G}r{\"u}ndungsversammlung von {DANTE} {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1989},
  volume = {0/89},
  pages = {5--7},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:neugebauer:editorial,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {1/03},
  pages = {3--4},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:neugebauer:editorial,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {2/03},
  pages = {3--4},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:neugebauer:editorial,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {3/03},
  pages = {3},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:neugebauer:editorial,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {4/03},
  pages = {3},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.1:neugebauer:editorial,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {1/02},
  month = mar,
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:neugebauer:editorial,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {2/02},
  pages = {3--4},
  month = jun,
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:neugebauer:tipps,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Tipps und Tricks: Illustrationen f{\"u}r {\LaTeX} erstellen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {2/02},
  pages = {46--48},
  month = jun,
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:neugebauer:editorial,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {3/02},
  pages = {3},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:neugebauer:editorial,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {4/02},
  pages = {3},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:neugebauer:editorial,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {1/01},
  pages = {3},
  month = apr,
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:neugebauer:editorial,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {2/01},
  pages = {3},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:neugebauer:editorial,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {3/01},
  pages = {3},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:neugebauer:editorial,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {4/01},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:neugebauer:editorial,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {1/00},
  pages = {3},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:neugebauer:editorial,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {2/00},
  pages = {3},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:neugebauer:in,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {In Reih und Glied},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {2/00},
  pages = {21--34},
  month = jul,
  abstract = {In {\LaTeX} erh{\"a}lt man sehr viel Unterst{\"u}tzung, wenn es um das
	 Setzen von Tabellen geht. Trotz der M{\"o}glichkeiten, die {\LaTeX}
	 selbst schon mitbringt, gibt es einige W{\"u}nsche, die erst durch
	 Zusatzpakete einfach zu realisieren sind. Es ist nicht immer ratsam,
	 alle Register zu ziehen. Auch hier bewahrheitet es sich, dass es auf
	 einen gezielten und {\"u}berlegten Einsatz ankommt, wenn man ein
	 ansprechendes und professionell aussehendes Ergebnis erzielen will. },
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:neugebauer:editorial,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {3/00},
  pages = {3},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:neugebauer:umbruch,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Umbruch in schmalen Spalten},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {3/00},
  pages = {52--54},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:neugebauer:editorial,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {4/00},
  pages = {3},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:neugebauer:entstehung,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Die Entstehung der Mitgliedszeitschrift},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {4/00},
  pages = {50--52},
  month = nov,
  abstract = {Diese Ausgabe der Mitgliederzeitschrift "`\DTK"' war
	 nicht ganz so einfach zu erstellen wie andere Ausgaben. Dies soll
	 zum Anlass genommen werden, den Entstehungsprozess zu skizzieren. },
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:neugebauer:editorial,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {1/99},
  pages = {3},
  month = feb,
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:neugebauer:latex-tips,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {"`{\LaTeX}-{T}ips"' von {J.~Kenneth~Shultis}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {1/99},
  pages = {40--42},
  month = feb,
  annote = {#rezension#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:neugebauer:editorial,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {2/99},
  pages = {3},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:neugebauer:editorial,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {3/99},
  pages = {3},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:neugebauer:editorial,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {4/99},
  pages = {3},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:neugebauer:tex-tools,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {"`{\TeX}-Tools"' von Klaus Braune},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {4/99},
  pages = {60--63},
  month = nov,
  abstract = {{\TeX} besteht nicht nur aus dem eigentlichen Satzprogramm. Daneben gibt es noch eine
	 Vielzahl von n{\"u}tzlichen Programmen. Das hier beschriebene Buch ist
	 angetreten, etwas Ordnung in die Vielzahl der Zusatzprogramme zu bringen. },
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#rezension#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:neugebauer:editorial,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/97},
  pages = {3--4},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:neugebauer:editorial,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/98},
  pages = {3},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:neugebauer:genealogisches,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Genealogisches},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {4/96},
  pages = {41--53},
  month = feb,
  abstract = {Manchmal braucht man ein spezielles Zeichen. Wenn man nicht sofort wei{\ss}, wie man das
	 Zeichen bekommt, mu{\ss} man sich auf die Suche danach machen. Dieser
	 Beitrag beschreibt eine solche Suche nach genealogischen Zeichen.},
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#fundus#},
  keywords = {Genealogische Zeichen, Fonts, textcomp, msam, \AMS-Fonts,
	 msbm, Waldis Symbol Font, wasy, St Mary's Road, bbding, Zapf-Dingbats},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:neugebauer:ueberfluessiges,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {{\"U}berfl{\"u}ssiges? --- {K}lammern um {M}akroargumente},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {2/97},
  pages = {9--13},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Klammerungen, Makros, Argumente, Token},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:neugebauer:vor,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {{V}or {G}ebrauch sch{\"u}tteln},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {3/97},
  pages = {26--36},
  month = oct,
  abstract = {\glqq Outline\grqq-Schriften sind im \TeX-Umfeld nicht sehr verbreitet. Trotzdem kann die
	 Besch{\"a}ftigung mit der Erzeugung solcher Schriften einige Einsichten in die
	 Arbeitsweise von {\MF} vermitteln. In diesem Beitrag wird nicht nur die
	 Arbeitsweise einer Outline-Routine in {\MF} erl{\"a}utert und vorbereitete
	 Outline-Schriften vorgestellt, sondern auch gezeigt, wie man zu beliebigen
	 {\MF}-Schriften eine Outline-Variante erstellen und nutzen kann. },
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#fundus#},
  keywords = {Metafont, Outline-Fonts, outline},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:neugebauer:krakelig,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Von {\glqq}krakelig{\grqq} bis {\glqq}wie gemalt{\grqq}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {1/96},
  pages = {25--42},
  month = jun,
  abstract = {Wir alle kennen zur Gen{\"u}ge die Computer-Modern-Schriften, die
	 standardm{\"a}{\ss}ig von {\TeX} verwendet werden. Sicher hat der eine
	 oder andere auch mit PostScript-Schriften wie Times, helvetics oder
	 LucidaBright seine Erfahrungen gesammelt. In diesem Artikel habe ich mir
	 Schreibschriften vorgenommen und die M{\"o}glichkeiten untersucht,
	 ein handschrift{\"a}hnliches Aussehen mit {\LaTeX} zu produzieren.},
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#fundus#},
  keywords = {Metafont, Schriften, gftopk,
	 Lateinische Ausgangsschrift, lla, la, Vereinfachte Anfangsschrift, va,
	 vacal, twcal, calligra, script, S{\"u}tterlin, suet, schwell, Fonts},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:neugebauer:tafel-fett,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Tafel-{F}ett},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {2/96},
  pages = {44--53},
  month = aug,
  abstract = {Manchmal ist es n{\"o}tig, die mathematischen Symbole f{\"u}r
	 die nat{\"u}rlichen Zahlen, die ganzen Zahlen, die komplexen Zahlen
	 oder {\"a}hnliche Symbole zu verwenden. Diese werden typischerweise
	 durch einen zus{\"a}tzlichen senkrechten Strich am Anfang der Letter
	 dargestellt. \par Es gibt verschiedene L{\"o}sungen f{\"u}r dieses
	 Problem. Einige dieser L{\"o}sungen sollen hier vorgestellt werden.},
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#fundus#},
  keywords = {Mengensymbole, blackboard bold,
	 \AmS-Fonts, bbold, mathbbol, doublestroke, dsfont, bbm, Mathematik},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:neugebauer:unentdeckte,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Das unentdeckte {L}and},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {3/96},
  pages = {36--56},
  month = dec,
  abstract = {In diesem Beitrag wird ein Weg beschrieben, wie man \PS-Schriften zusammen mit
	 \TeX{} nutzen kann. Der Schwerpunkt liegt weniger auf der Verwendung
	 von bekannten Schriften wie Times oder Helvetica, sondern auf der
	 Einbindung von einzelnen Schriften, wie man sie auf Public-Domain-CDs oder
	 im Internet h{\"a}ufig findet. Dabei werden einige Schriften auch
	 beispielhaft vorgestellt. Diese sind Schriften nachempfunden, die in den
	 Fernsehserien und Filmen um das Raumschiff Enterprise zu sehen sind. },
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#fundus#},
  keywords = {StarTrek, PostScript Fonts, Schriften, fontinst, pltotf, tftopl, vptovf, vftovp,
	 gpreview, t1tools, t1utils, StarTrekTNGCrilleA, StarTrekClassicA,
	 StarTrekClassicMoviesA, StarTrekTNGTitleA, TNGMonitorsPlain, klinz},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:neugebauer:kurioses,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Kurioses aus dem {F}undus},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {2/95},
  pages = {41--43},
  month = sep,
  abstract = {In diesem Beitrag werden einige
	 Merkw{\"u}rdigkeiten in den Definitionen der Fontumschaltungsbefehle
	 \verb|\normalsize|, \verb|\small| und \verb|\scriptsize| in \LaTeX{} ausgezeigt.},
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Fontumschaltbefehle, \verb|\normalsize|, \verb|\small|, \verb|\scriptsize|},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:neugebauer:setzen,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Setzen russischer {T}extteile mit {\LaTeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {2/95},
  pages = {11--20},
  month = sep,
  abstract = {In diesem Beitrag werden M{\"o}glichkeiten
	 aufgezeigt, wie Texte mit kyrillischen Zeichen in einem normalen
	 Text eingebracht werden k{\"o}nnen. Dabei werden insbesondere die
	 kyrillischen Zeichens{\"a}tze der University of Washington vorgestellt.},
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Metafont, Schriften, Fonts, Kyrillisch, wncyr, cmcyr},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:neugebauer:wie,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Wie verfa{\ss}t man wissenschaftliche {A}rbeiten?},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {3/95},
  pages = {52--53},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  keywords = {Rezension, Duden},
  reference = {Duden: \emph{Wie verfa{\ss}t man wissenschaftliche
	 Arbeiten?} \emph{\em Ein Leitfaden vom 1. Studiensemester bis zur
	 Promotion};\\ 1988, Duden Verlag Mannheim, Wien, Z{\"u}rich;\\ (Die Duden
	 Taschenb{\"u}cher: Bd.~21)\\ ISBN 3-411-02751-7\\ 216 Seiten, 12,80~DM },
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:neugebauer:klasse,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {Eine {K}lasse f{\"u}r {\glqq}{Die \TeX}nische {K}om{\"o}die{\grqq}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {4/95},
  pages = {6--15},
  month = mar,
  abstract = {{\glqq}Die \TeX{}nische Kom{\"o}die{\grqq} wird
	 neuerdings mit \LaTeXe{} hergestellt. In diesem Artikel werden einige
	 Hintergr{\"u}nde der benutzten Dokumenten-Klasse erhellt. Wie er entstand,
	 welche M{\"o}glichkeiten er bietet und wie man ihn benutzen kann. },
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {dtk, \LaTeX-Klassen},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:neugebauer:bibtool,
  author = {Gerd Neugebauer},
  title = {\textsc{BibTool} -- {M}anipulation von {\BibTeX}-{D}ateien},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {4/94},
  pages = {4--11},
  month = feb,
  abstract = {Es war einmal, da versp{\"u}rte ich das dringende Bed{\"u}rfnis, \BibTeX-Dateien aus
	 verschiedenen Quellen zusammen weiterzugeben. Da es sich dabei nicht nur um
	 einige wenige Eintr{\"a}ge in den \BibTeX-Dateien handelte, ergaben
	 sich daraus diverse Aufgaben, die gel{\"o}st werden mu{\ss}ten. Das
	 einfachste Problem war, da{\ss} das Erscheinungsbild vereinheitlicht
	 werden sollte. Das bedeutet, da{\ss} die Dateien neu formatiert werden
	 m{\"u}ssen. Das n{\"a}chste Problem war, die Vereinheitlichung der
	 Schl{\"u}ssel, unter denen die \BibTeX-Eintr{\"a}ge angesprochen
	 werden sollen. Schlie{\ss}lich und endlich ergab sich das Problem, die
	 Dateien zu sortieren. \par Da es damals noch keine entsprechenden
	 Werkzeuge gab -- insbesondere nicht f{\"u}r den Rechner, den ich
	 damals verwendete -- wurde das \textsc{BibTool}-Programm geboren. Als
	 dann einmal die grundlegenden Funktionen geschrieben waren, kamen
	 noch weitere hinzu, soda{\ss} man \textsc{BibTool} heute als das
	 Schweizer-Armee-Messer zur \BibTeX-Vorverarbeitung bezeichnen k{\"o}nnte.},
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {BibTeX, BibTool, Literaturverzeichnis},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:neugebauer:spaetsommer,
  author = {Winfried P. Neugebauer},
  title = {Sp{\"a}tsommer in Heidelberg -- Bericht {\"u}ber die Euro{\TeX}'99},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {4/99},
  pages = {33--36},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:neuwirth:weiterentwicklung,
  author = {Erich Neuwirth},
  title = {Die {W}eiterentwicklung von {\TeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {2/92},
  pages = {13-15},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {\TeX-Entwicklung},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:neuwirth.obermiller:bericht,
  author = {Erich Neuwirth and Walter Obermiller},
  title = {Bericht {\"u}ber die 10.~{T}agung der deutschsprachigen {\TeX} {I}nteressenten},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {1/91},
  pages = {13--16},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#theatertage#},
  keywords = {Tagungsbericht},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:neuwirth:buchbesprechung,
  author = {Konrad Neuwirth},
  title = {Buchbesprechung: {D}esign for {D}esktop {P}ublishing},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {1/90},
  pages = {42--43},
  month = mar,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#magazin#},
  keywords = {DTP},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:neuwirth:metaplot,
  author = {Konrad Neuwirth},
  title = {Meta{P}lot: und es geht doch!},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1989},
  volume = {0/89},
  pages = {27},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@BOOK{bib:niedermair,
  title = {{\LaTeX}-Praxisbuch},
  publisher = {Franzis Verlag},
  year = {2004},
  author = {Elke Niedermair and Michael Niedermair},
  series = {Professional Series},
  address = {Poing},
  isbn = {3-7723-6109-9},
  keywords = {latex,textsatz,einfuehrung},
  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:niepraschk:anwendungen,
  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
  title = {Anwendungen des {\LaTeX}-Pakets \textsf{preview}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {1/03},
  pages = {60--65},
  month = feb,
  abstract = { Dieser Artikel beschreibt ein auf dem {\LaTeX}-Paket \textsf{preview} basierendes
	 Konzept zur Erzeugung von Grafikdateien, die in HTML-Dateien, mit
	 \mbox{pdf{\LaTeX}} oder anderen Verfahren verwendet werden k{\"o}nnen. },
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:niepraschk:berichtigung,
  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
  title = {Berichtigung zu \enquote{Tierkunde einmal anders}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {1/03},
  pages = {65--66},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:niepraschk:pdf,
  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
  title = {PDF und \PS{} -- das {\LaTeX}-Paket ps4pdf},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {3/03},
  pages = {49--56},
  month = sep,
  abstract = {Es wird ein Weg gezeigt, wie man mit relativ geringem Aufwand \PS-Code innerhalb
	 eines mit pdf{\LaTeX}\ zu bearbeitenden Dokuments verwenden kann.},
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:niepraschk:tipps,
  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
  title = {Tipps und Tricks: Mal anders herum -- \emph{excludeonly}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {3/03},
  pages = {32--33},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:niepraschk:tipps,
  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
  title = {Tipps und Tricks: eine \texttt{minipage}, die mitdenkt},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {4/03},
  pages = {63--65},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:niepraschk:tipps,
  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
  title = {Tipps und Tricks: Mehrfachverweis auf Fu{\ss}noten},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {2/02},
  pages = {34},
  month = jun,
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:niepraschk:tipps,
  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
  title = {Tipps und Tricks: Tierkunde einmal anders},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {3/02},
  pages = {31--33},
  month = oct,
  abstract = { },
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:niepraschk:tipps*1,
  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
  title = {Tipps und Tricks: Fette Schreibmaschinenschrift},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {3/02},
  pages = {43--44},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:niepraschk:tipps*2,
  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
  title = {Tipps und Tricks: PDF-Datei vorhanden -- Brosch{\"u}re gew{\"u}nscht},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {3/02},
  pages = {53--55},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:niepraschk:tipps,
  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
  title = {Tipps und Tricks: Immer im Rahmen bleiben},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {4/02},
  pages = {27--28},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:niepraschk:make,
  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
  title = {make -- nur etwas für Profis?},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {1/01},
  pages = {54--58},
  month = apr,
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:niepraschk:wiege,
  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
  title = {Von der Wiege bis zur Bahre: Formulare},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {2/00},
  pages = {11--14},
  month = jul,
  abstract = {In dem Artikel wird anhand des {\"U}berweisungsformulars gezeigt, wie hochwertige
	 Grafiken mit Hilfe des Makropakets PSTricks erzeugt werden k{\"o}nnen. },
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:niepraschk:poster,
  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
  title = {Poster -- leicht gemacht},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {4/00},
  pages = {40--47},
  month = nov,
  abstract = {In dem Artikel wird gezeigt, wie aus einem einseitigen in {\"u}blicher Art geschriebenen
	 {\LaTeX}-Dokument unter Zuhilfenahme des Programms \texttt{poster}
	 ein Poster in beliebiger Gr{\"o}{\ss}e hergestellt werden kann. },
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:niepraschk:ueberschreiben,
  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
  title = {{\"U}berschreiben erlaubt -- das \texttt{overpic}-{P}aket},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {1/99},
  pages = {27--29},
  month = feb,
  abstract = {Im folgenden Beispiel wird das \LaTeX-Paket \texttt{overpic}
	 vorgestellt und an einem Beispiel gezeigt, wie damit EPS-Grafiken
	 nachtr{\"a}glich durch \LaTeX-Anweisungen erg{\"a}nzt werden k{\"o}nnen.},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:niepraschk:verflixte,
  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
  title = {Das verflixte achte {B}it, {H}eft 4/97},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {1/98},
  pages = {56--57},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, 8-Bit, Fonts (8-Bit), Kodierung, Fonts (EC), EC-Fonts},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:niepraschk:psfrag-paket,
  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
  title = {Das {PSfrag}-{P}aket},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {2/97},
  pages = {36--39},
  month = jul,
  abstract = {Im folgenden Artikel wird das {\LaTeX}-Paket {\textsf{PSfrag}}
	 vorgestellt und an einem Beispiel gezeigt, wie damit Textbestandteile von
	 \texttt{eps-}Grafiken nachtr{\"a}glich ver{\"a}ndert werden k{\"o}nnen.},
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#fundus#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:niepraschk:zaehler,
  author = {Rolf Niepraschk},
  title = {{Z}{\"a}hler nicht zur{\"u}cksetzen, {H}eft 2/97},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {3/97},
  pages = {44},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {\verb|removefr|, \verb|remreset|, Z{\"a}hler},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:nitschke:markieren,
  author = {Dirk Nitschke},
  title = {Markieren von {F}ormeln},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {3/93},
  pages = {40--42},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Formelsatz},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:nowacki:poligraf,
  author = {Janusz Marian Nowacki},
  title = {"`Poligraf"' oder "`Zwischen {\TeX}\ und der Druckerei"' -- der zweite Versuch},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {3/01},
  pages = {46--52},
  month = sep,
  abstract = { W{\"a}hrend der IV. Konferenz "`Bacho{\TeX}\,'96"' der polnischen {\TeX}-Benutzergruppe habe
	 ich zum ersten Mal das Makro-Paket \textsc{Poligraf} vorgestellt.
	 Jetzt m{\"o}chte ich eine neue Version ver{\"o}ffentlichen, in die
	 R{\"u}ckmeldungen und Verbesserungsvorschl{\"a}ge eingeflossen sind. },
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:nuechter:beschleunigung,
  author = {Peter N{\"u}chter},
  title = {Beschleunigung eines {\LaTeX}-{D}urchlaufs},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {2/96},
  pages = {64--66},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Formatdatei, \verb|initex|, \verb|virtex|},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:oberdiek:leserbrief,
  author = {Heiko Oberdiek},
  title = {Zum {L}eserbrief {"`O}rale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX}"', {H}eft 4/97},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {1/98},
  pages = {56},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:obermiller:latex2e,
  author = {Walter Obermiller},
  title = {"`{\LaTeXe} -- Tipps \& Tricks"' von Ingo Kl{\"o}ckl},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {4/01},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#rezension#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:partl:notizen,
  author = {Hubert Partl},
  title = {Notizen zu {L}ayout und {\LaTeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {3/90},
  pages = {22--26},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:partosch:beschluesse,
  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
  title = {Beschl{\"u}sse der 28.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V. am 3.~April 2003 in Bremen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {2/03},
  pages = {8--11},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:partosch:tex,
  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
  title = {Der {\TeX} nische Beraterkreis},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {2/03},
  pages = {15--17},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:partosch:vereinsinterne,
  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
  title = {Vereinsinterne Kommunikation per E-Mail},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {2/03},
  pages = {17--20},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:partosch:protokoll,
  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
  title = {Protokoll der 29.~Mitgliederversammlung von \dante{} am 9.~September 2003 in Rauischholzhausen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {4/03},
  pages = {5--12},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:partosch:beschluesse,
  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
  title = {Beschl{\"u}sse der 26.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V. am 23.~Februar 2002 in Erlangen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {2/02},
  pages = {7--10},
  month = jun,
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:partosch:vereinsinterne,
  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
  title = {Vereinsinterne Kommunikation per E-Mail},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {2/02},
  pages = {18--20},
  month = jun,
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:partosch:beschluesse,
  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
  title = {Beschl{\"u}sse der 27.~Mitgliederversammlung von {\dante} am 5.~Oktober 2002 in Augsburg},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {4/02},
  pages = {6--9},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:partosch:protokoll,
  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
  title = {Protokoll der 24.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V. am 3.~M{\"a}rz 2001 in Rosenheim},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {1/01},
  pages = {6--15},
  month = apr,
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:partosch:vereinsinterne,
  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
  title = {Vereinsinterne Kommunikation per E-Mail},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {1/01},
  pages = {27--29},
  month = apr,
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:partosch:protokoll,
  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
  title = {Protokoll der 28.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V. am 28.~September 2001 in Kerkrade},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {4/01},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:partosch:beraterkreis,
  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
  title = {Beraterkreis, ein Res{\"u}mee},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {1/00},
  pages = {26--27},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:partosch:beschluesse,
  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
  title = {Beschl{\"u}sse der 22.~Mitgliederversammlung von {\dante{}} am 11.~M{\"a}rz 2000 in Clausthal-Zellerfeld},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {1/00},
  pages = {6--10},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:partosch:vereinsinterne,
  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
  title = {Vereinsinterne Kommunikation per E-Mail},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {1/00},
  pages = {24--26},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:partosch:protokoll,
  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
  title = {Protokoll der 23.~Mitgliederversammlung von {DANTE~e.V.} am 7.~Oktober 2000 in Hagen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {4/00},
  pages = {6--10},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:partosch:protokoll,
  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
  title = {Protokoll der 20.~Mitgliederversammlung},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {2/99},
  pages = {5--16},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:partosch:beraterkreis,
  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
  title = {Beraterkreis, ein vorl{\"a}ufiges und vorsichtiges Res{\"u}mee},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {4/99},
  pages = {11--12},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:partosch:beschluesse,
  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
  title = {Beschl{\"u}sse der 21.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V. am 19.~September 1999 in Heidelberg},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {4/99},
  pages = {5--11},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:partosch:protokoll,
  author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch},
  title = {Protokoll der 19.\ {M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE e.\,V.}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/98},
  pages = {5--18},
  month = dec,
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:pauli:wissenschaftliche,
  author = {Guido F. Pauli},
  title = {Wissenschaftliche {P}ublikationen und {\TeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {1/92},
  pages = {55},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:pfeiffer:winword,
  author = {Horst Pfeiffer},
  title = {Win{W}ord versus {\LaTeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {4/94},
  pages = {31--34},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, WinWord},
}

@BOOK{bib:pfennig,
  title = {Thermodynamik der Gemische},
  publisher = {Springer},
  year = {2003},
  author = {Andreas Pfennig},
  address = {Berlin},
  month = sep,
  isbn = {3-540-02776-9},
  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:pirnay:hilfsprogramme,
  author = {Jens Pirnay},
  title = {Hilfsprogramme f{\"u}r {\TeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {3/90},
  pages = {30--33},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:pirnay:ueberblick,
  author = {Jens Pirnay},
  title = {{{\"U}}berblick {\"u}ber die {M}{\"o}glichkeiten von {\TeX}draw f{\"u}r den {A}tari},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {4/90},
  pages = {22--23},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {\TeX{}draw, Atari},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:porto:weiterhin,
  author = {Markus Porto},
  title = {Weiterhin guten {A}ppetit!},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {1/95},
  pages = {31--32},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:porto:tex-service,
  author = {Markus Porto},
  title = {{\TeX}-{S}ervice des {HRZ} der {U}niversit{\"a}t {G}ie{\ss}en},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {2/94},
  pages = {43--46},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Online-Hilfe, WWW},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:post:erstes,
  author = {Christa Post},
  title = {{"`E}rstes {A}rbeiten mit {\TeX"`} von {A}rnulf {L}iebing},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/97},
  pages = {43--44},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  keywords = {Rezension},
  reference = {Arnulf Liebing: \emph{Erstes Arbeiten mit \TeX}\\
	 Prentice Hall, 1996;\\ ISBN 3-8272-9521-1\\ 192 Seiten, 39,95~DM},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:post:protokoll,
  author = {Christa Post},
  title = {Protokoll der 18.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.V.},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {1/98},
  pages = {8--28},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@BOOK{bib:gelehrten,
  title = {Die Gelehrten der Scheibenwelt},
  publisher = {Heyne},
  year = {2000},
  author = {Terry Pratchett and Ian Stewart and Jack Cohen},
  month = aug,
  isbn = {3-453-17330-9},
  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:preisendanz:bericht,
  author = {Christa Preisendanz},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {V}erlag und {B}uchhandel},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {3/96},
  pages = {63--64},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Verlag, Buchhandel},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:preusse:latexfuer,
  author = {Hilmar Preu{\ss}e},
  title = {"`{\LaTeX}\ f{\"u}r Dummies"' Christian Baun},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {3/03},
  pages = {59--63},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#rezension#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:project:mehr,
  author = {{\TeX} Merchandising Project},
  title = {Mehr vom {\TeX}-L{\"o}wen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {2/99},
  pages = {50--51},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:praesidium:schriftliche,
  author = {Pr{\"a}sidium},
  title = {{S}chriftliche {A}ntwort auf den {"`O}ffenen {B}rief{"'}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/97},
  pages = {56--60},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:raichle:llllllletzte,
  author = {Bernd Raichle},
  title = {Der llllllletzte {\TeX}-Fehler?},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {4/01},
  month = nov,
  abstract = { Karel Skoup\'y, der Implementierer von \NTS,
	 fand am 13.~Oktober 2000 den bislang letzten Fehler im Quellcode von
	 {\TeX}. Er verglich DVI-Dateien, die {\TeX} und das von ihm in Java
	 implementierte \NTS\ erzeugt hatten, und wunderte sich, dass ein
	 kleiner Unterschied auftrat: In der von \NTS\ erzeugten DVI-Datei war
	 genau ein Zeichen zuviel, ein kleiner Punkt. Dieser zus{\"a}tzliche
	 Punkt stellte sich bei der anschlie{\ss}enden Untersuchung nicht
	 als Fehler von \NTS, sondern als Fehler im Quellcode von {\TeX},
	 der die Anweisung \CMD{xleaders} realisiert, heraus. Er wurde an
	 Donald E.\ Knuth gemeldet. Da Knuth nur in gr{\"o}{\ss}eren zeitlichen
	 Abst{\"a}nden Fehlermeldungen bearbeitet, steht eine Antwort noch aus. },
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:raichle:anlegen,
  author = {Bernd Raichle},
  title = {Anlegen einer Liste der Definitionen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {2/00},
  pages = {36--39},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:raichle:vertikal,
  author = {Bernd Raichle},
  title = {Vertikal zentrierte {S}eiten},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {1/99},
  pages = {37--39},
  month = feb,
  annote = {#schonimmer#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:raichle:abkuerzungspunkt,
  author = {Bernd Raichle},
  title = {Abk{\"u}rzungspunkt am {S}atzende},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {1/97},
  pages = {45},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#schonimmer#},
  keywords = {\verb|xpoint.sty|, Macros, Satzzeichen},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:raichle:bericht,
  author = {Bernd Raichle},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {$\varepsilon$-\TeX}, {\NTS} und {G}erman-{S}tyle},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {1/97},
  pages = {56--58},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {e-\TeX, german-Style, NTS},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:raichle:editorial,
  author = {Bernd Raichle},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {3/97},
  pages = {3--4},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:raichle:texikon,
  author = {Bernd Raichle},
  title = {{D}as {\TeX}ikon, {H}eft 1/97: {A}ufl{\"o}sung},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {3/97},
  pages = {23--24},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {\TeX{}ikon},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:raichle:bericht,
  author = {Bernd Raichle},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {G}erman {S}tyle},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {1/96},
  pages = {45--46},
  month = jun,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {german-Style},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:raichle:orale,
  author = {Bernd Raichle},
  title = {Orale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} -- {T}eil {III} ({A}ddendum)},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {2/96},
  pages = {33--37},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, \verb|\relax|},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:raichle:roman,
  author = {Bernd Raichle},
  title = {Roman statt {I}talic in mathematischen {F}ormeln},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {2/96},
  pages = {54--55},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#schonimmer#},
  keywords = {Fonts (math), Formelsatz, \verb|\mathrm|, Mathematik},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:raichle:bericht,
  author = {Bernd Raichle},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {G}erman-{S}tyle},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {3/96},
  pages = {58--60},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {german-Style},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:raichle:bericht,
  author = {Bernd Raichle},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {G}erman {S}tyle},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {1/95},
  pages = {36--37},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {german-Style},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:raichle:datumsangaben,
  author = {Bernd Raichle},
  title = {Datumsangaben},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {2/95},
  pages = {36--37},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#schonimmer#},
  keywords = {Datumsangaben},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:raichle:orale,
  author = {Bernd Raichle},
  title = {Orale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} -- {T}eil {II}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {2/95},
  pages = {20--30},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, \verb|\relax|},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:raichle:bericht,
  author = {Bernd Raichle},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {G}erman {S}tyle},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {3/95},
  pages = {37--39},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {german-Style},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:raichle:tex,
  author = {Bernd Raichle},
  title = {{\TeX} {C}apacity exceeded \dots{} -- {T}eil {I}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {3/95},
  pages = {22--33},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {\TeX Capacity exceeded, Zwischenspeicher},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:raichle:kapitaelchen,
  author = {Bernd Raichle},
  title = {Kapit{\"a}lchen in {{\"U}}berschriften},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {4/95},
  pages = {41--42},
  month = mar,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#schonimmer#},
  keywords = {Kapit{\"a}lchen, Fonts},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:raichle:orale,
  author = {Bernd Raichle},
  title = {Orale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} -- {T}eil {III}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {4/95},
  pages = {15--29},
  month = mar,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, \verb|\relax|},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:raichle:tex3,
  author = {Bernd Raichle},
  title = {{\TeX3} von {V}ersion 3.0 bis 3.1415},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {2/94},
  pages = {14--26},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {\TeX-Entwicklung},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:raichle:bericht,
  author = {Bernd Raichle},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {G}erman Style},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {3/94},
  pages = {39--40},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {german-Style},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:raichle:orale,
  author = {Bernd Raichle},
  title = {Orale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} -- {T}eil {I}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {4/94},
  pages = {16--23},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, Schleifen},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:raichle:umlaute,
  author = {Bernd Raichle},
  title = {Umlaute im {\BibTeX}-{S}tylebefehl \textsc{macro}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {3/92},
  pages = {25--27},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Umlaute, BibTeX},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:redaktionsteam:latex-raetsel,
  author = {Redaktionsteam},
  title = {{\LaTeXTeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel: {D}ie {A}uf{\/}l{\"o}sung},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {3/96},
  pages = {64--68},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Kreuzwortr{\"a}tsel},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:reichert:einheit-liches,
  author = {Axel Reichert},
  title = {Einheit-liches},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/98},
  pages = {25--28},
  month = dec,
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:reincke:digital,
  author = {Torsten Reincke},
  title = {\glqq Digital Typography\grqq\ von Donald E. Knuth},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {3/00},
  pages = {55-57},
  month = sep,
  abstract = {Dieses Buch von Donald Knuth ist
	 eine reichhaltige Textsammlung von Artikeln und Reden, die Knuth im
	 Laufe der Geschichte von {\TeX}\ und \MF\ verfasst hat. Nur drei
	 Kapitel sind neu, die anderen sind Nachdrucke aus verschiedensten
	 Zeitschriften. In Knuths unvergleichlicher Art erf{\"a}hrt der Leser viel
	 Interessantes, aber auch Kurioses zur digitalen Typographie seit 1977. },
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#rezension#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:reincke:typographie,
  author = {Torsten Reincke},
  title = {"` Typographie -- wann wer wie"' von Friedrich Friedl, Nicolaus Ott und Bernard Stein},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {2/99},
  pages = {47--49},
  month = may,
  abstract = {Wer sich f{\"u}r Typographie
	 und insbesondere das Schaffen von Typographen, Schriftschneidern,
	 Grafik-Designern und anderen K{\"u}nstlern interessiert, findet in
	 diesem Nachschlagewerk eine reichhaltige Auswahl des Schriftschaffens
	 mit {\"u}ber 2000 Abbildungen. Von der Titelseite bis zum Logo und
	 Plakat ist dieses Buch ein Abbild typographischer Kultur durch die
	 Jahrhunderte bis in unsere Zeit und wird mit einem Geschichtsteil
	 und einem kurzen Abschnitt zu den Schriftwerkzeugen abgerundet. },
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#rezension#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:riedel:belichter,
  author = {Wolfgang Riedel},
  title = {Belichter gesucht},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {3/92},
  pages = {44},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief},
}

@BOOK{bib:riessinger,
  title = {Mathematik für Ingenieure.},
  publisher = {Springer},
  year = {2001},
  author = {Thomas Rießinger},
  address = {Berlin},
  edition = {2},
  month = jul,
  isbn = {3-540-41971-3},
  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:ringhandt:a4,
  author = {Andreas Ringhandt},
  title = {Von {A}4 zu {A}5},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {3/94},
  pages = {46--47},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, A4, A5},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:schaa:lizenzabkommen,
  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {Lizenzabkommen f{\"u}r \WinEdt},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {2/03},
  pages = {20--21},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:schaa:projektfonds,
  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {Projektfonds},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {2/03},
  pages = {14--15},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:schaa:danksagung,
  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {Danksagung},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {4/03},
  pages = {29--30},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.1:schaa:grusswort,
  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {1/02},
  month = mar,
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:schaa:lizenzabkommen,
  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {Lizenzabkommen f{\"u}r \WinEdt{}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {2/02},
  pages = {20--21},
  month = jun,
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:schaa:buchbestand,
  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {Buchbestand bei \dante},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {1/01},
  pages = {30--31},
  month = apr,
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:schaa:winedt,
  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {{\textsf{WinEdt}} -- Zum Stand der Dinge},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {1/01},
  pages = {29--30},
  month = apr,
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:schaa:altlasten,
  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {Altlasten -- Floppies und CD-ROMs},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {1/00},
  pages = {29--30},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:schaa:lizenzabkommen,
  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {Lizenzabkommen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {1/00},
  pages = {27--29},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:schaa:ergaenzung,
  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {Erg{\"a}nzung zum {L}izenzabkommen f{\"u}r {WinEdt\(^\mathrm{TM}\)}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {1/99},
  pages = {5--6},
  month = feb,
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:schaa:4alltex-cd-rom,
  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {4all{\TeX}-CD-ROM bei \dante},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {3/99},
  pages = {5},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:schaa:altlasten,
  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {Altlasten -- Disketten und CD-ROMs},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {4/99},
  pages = {19--20},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:schaa:lizenzabkommen,
  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {Lizenzabkommen f{\"u}r {WinEdt}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {4/99},
  pages = {18--19},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
  keywords = {WinEdt},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:schaa:lizenzabkommen,
  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {Lizenzabkommen f{\"u}r {WinEdt$^\mathrm{TM}$}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/98},
  pages = {20--21},
  month = dec,
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:schaa:bericht,
  author = {Volker RW Schaa},
  title = {Bericht von der 17.~{T}agung der {TUG} -- {(Cyr)TUG} 96 in {D}ubna},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {3/96},
  pages = {26--30},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#theatertage#},
  keywords = {Tagungsbericht},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:schaa.hoeppner:grusswort,
  author = {Volker RW Schaa and Klaus H{\"o}ppner},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {1/03},
  pages = {5--7},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:schaa.hoeppner:grusswort,
  author = {Volker RW Schaa and Klaus H{\"o}ppner},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {2/03},
  pages = {5--7},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:schaa.hoeppner:grusswort,
  author = {Volker RW Schaa and Klaus H{\"o}ppner},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {3/03},
  pages = {4--7},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:schaa.hoeppner:grusswort,
  author = {Volker RW Schaa and Klaus H{\"o}ppner},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {4/03},
  pages = {4--5},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:schaa.hoeppner:grusswort,
  author = {Volker RW Schaa and Klaus H{\"o}ppner},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {2/02},
  pages = {5--6},
  month = jun,
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:schaa.hoeppner:grusswort,
  author = {Volker RW Schaa and Klaus H{\"o}ppner},
  title = {Gru{\ss}wort},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {3/02},
  pages = {4},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:schaa.weibezahn:einladung,
  author = {Volker RW Schaa and Roland Weibezahn},
  title = {Einladung zur {\TeX}-Tagung {DANTE\,2003} und 28.~Mitgliederversammlung von {\dante}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {1/03},
  pages = {7--8},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:schaa.wilhelms:einladung,
  author = {Volker RW Schaa and Gerhard Wilhelms},
  title = {Einladung zur Herbsttagung und 27.~Mitgliederversammlung von \dante},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {2/02},
  pages = {25--26},
  month = jun,
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:schalueck:night,
  author = {Elmar Schal{\"u}ck},
  title = {A {N}ight at the {O}pera -- {Z}wei {K}onzertberichte},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {4/91},
  pages = {23--26},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Mu\TeX, Music\TeX, Musiknotensatz},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:schank:tex,
  author = {Michael Schank},
  title = {{\TeX} und {OS/2} 2.x},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {2/94},
  pages = {39--42},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {OS/2, Emacs, Auc\TeX},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:schank:texit,
  author = {Michael Schank},
  title = {{\TeX}{IT}! for {OS}/2},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {4/94},
  pages = {34--35},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, OS/2, em\TeX},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:schank:tex,
  author = {Michael Schank},
  title = {{\TeX} und {OS}/22.x},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {4/93},
  pages = {39--40},
  month = apr,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {OS/2, em\TeX},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:scherer:graphiken,
  author = {Andreas Scherer},
  title = {Graphiken mit \textsc{GnuPlot} und {\MF} -- {K}orrektur},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {1/94},
  pages = {29--33},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {\textsc{GnuPlot}, Metafont, Graphik},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:scherer:promillezeichen,
  author = {Andreas Scherer},
  title = {Das {P}romillezeichen als {\TeX}-{M}akro \dots},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {3/93},
  pages = {42--45},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Promillezeichen, Metafont},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:scherer:graphiken,
  author = {Andreas Scherer},
  title = {Graphiken mit {G}nu{PLOT} und {\MF}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {4/93},
  pages = {26--30},
  month = apr,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {\textsc{GnuPlot}, Metafont, Graphik},
}

@BOOK{bib:motion,
  title = {Motion Mountain -- A hike through and beyond space and time following the concepts of modern physics},
  year = {2005},
  author = {Christoph Schiller},
  edition = {17},
  month = jan,
  abstract = {How does one empty a bottle as
	 rapidly as possible? What are the highest force and power in nature?
	 How does one connect water pipes to a turning wheel? What are the
	 dangers of a can of beans? What is the one single page of unsolved
	 problems in fundamental physics? This physics textbook with over 1000
	 pages on the undergraduate level, is written to be entertaining,
	 surprising and challenging on every page. After presenting classical
	 mechanics it provides an introduction to thermodynamics, special
	 relativity, general relativity, electrodynamics and quantum theory. Each of
	 these topics is summarized by an inequality: the minimum entropy,
	 the maximum speed, the maximum force, the minimum change of charge
	 and the minimum action. Each inequality implies the central results
	 of the respective field. Finally, the present unification attempts
	 are presented in light of these limits. For each field of physics,
	 the text contains the latest research results, the best physical
	 quizzes and the most telling physical curiosities. Over 630 solved
	 challenges and 450 figures, photographs and tables are included.},
  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
  url = {http://www.motionmountain.net/},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:schlechte:theoremverzeichnisse,
  author = {Andreas Schlechte},
  title = {Theoremverzeichnisse automatisch erstellen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {4/96},
  pages = {9--16},
  month = feb,
  abstract = {In diesem Artikel m{\"o}chte
	 ich ein erweitertes Theorem-Paket vorstellen, das dem Anwender die
	 M{\"o}glichkeit gibt, leicht und flexibel Theoremverzeichnisse zu erstellen.
	 Zus{\"a}tzlich werden weitere hilfreiche Funktionen vorgestellt.},
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Theoremverzeichnis, Verzeichnis},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:schlechte:texikon,
  author = {Andreas Schlechte},
  title = {Das {\TeX}ikon -- {R}eferenzhandbuch f{\"u}r {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {1/97},
  pages = {66--68},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  keywords = {Rezension, Nachschlagewerk},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:schlechte:raechtschraibrehform,
  author = {Andreas Schlechte},
  title = {{D}ie neue {R}{\"a}chtschraibrehform},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {3/97},
  pages = {15--22},
  month = oct,
  abstract = {Zur Zeit vergeht kaum ein Monat, in dem nicht wieder eine neue Diskussion zur neuen
	 Rechtschreibreform aufgeworfen wird. Viele Menschen werden durch {\"u}berzogene
	 Beispiele und Gegendarstellungen verunsichert. In diesem Artikel
	 werde ich die wesentlichen {\"A}nderungen aufzeigen, eine -- mit
	 meiner pers{\"o}nlichen Meinung unterlegte -- Bewertung versuchen
	 und ein wenig auf die Umstellung f{\"u}r \TeX-Anwender eingehen.},
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Rechtschreibreform, Silbentrennung, german-Paket},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:schlechte:-,
  author = {Andreas Schlechte},
  title = {{\MakeIndex} -- {D}em {F}ehler auf der {S}pur},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {3/96},
  pages = {31--35},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {{\MakeIndex}, Fehlerbericht, Index},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:schleicher:kompatible,
  author = {Ralph Schleicher},
  title = {Kompatible {\TeX}-{M}akros f{\"u}r erweiterte {Z}eichens{\"a}tze},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {3/93},
  pages = {34--39},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Schriften, Fonts, Makroprogrammierung, Makrodefinition},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:schmidt:metafont-spielereien,
  author = {Jens Schmidt},
  title = {{\MF}-{S}pielereien},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {1/92},
  pages = {46--48},
  month = may,
  note = {Beschreibung eines ausgefallenen, {\glqq}schwimmenden{\grqq} Fonts.},
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Metafont, cmnerv, Fonts, Schriften},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:schmidt:tagungsbericht,
  author = {Jens Schmidt},
  title = {Tagungsbericht von der {\TeX}90 in {C}ork},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {3/90},
  pages = {9--11},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#theatertage#},
  keywords = {Tagungsbericht, Cork},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:schmidt:original,
  author = {Walter Schmidt},
  title = {Original oder F{\"a}lschung?},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {2/00},
  pages = {60--62},
  month = jul,
  abstract = {In Verbindung mit dem freien \PS-Interpreter Ghostscript wird
	 eine fehlerhafte Version der Schrift Helvetica verteilt. Der Aufsatz
	 beschreibt, wie man diese durch die originale Adobe-Helvetica ersetzt, und
	 wie letztere, v{\"o}llig legal, kostenlos beschafft werden kann. },
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:schmidt:euro-symbol,
  author = {Walter Schmidt},
  title = {Das Euro-Symbol f{\"u}r {\LaTeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {2/99},
  pages = {25--30},
  month = may,
  abstract = {F{\"u}r die W{\"a}hrungseinheit Euro wurde ein eigenes Symbol definiert. Der
	 Aufsatz beschreibt verschiedene Zeichens{\"a}tze und Makropakete, die
	 Euro-Zeichen f{\"u}r die Verwendung mit {\LaTeX} bereitstellen. },
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:schmidt:tex,
  author = {Walter Schmidt},
  title = {{\TeX} und die neue deutsche {R}echtschreibung},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {2/98},
  pages = {35--37},
  month = sep,
  abstract = {Die neuen Schreibregeln f{\"u}r die deutsche Sprache machen {\"A}nderungen an
	 Silbentrennmustern und an Makropaketen erforderlich. In Zukunft mu{\ss} sowohl
	 die traditionelle als auch die neue Rechtschreibung unterst{\"u}tzt
	 werden, Dieser Aufsatz beschreibt die entsprechenden Neuerungen.},
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Rechtschreibung, Silbentrennung, german-Style},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:schmidt:tex-umgebung,
  author = {Walter Schmidt},
  title = {Eine {\TeX}-{U}mgebung f{\"u}r {OS/2}, {H}eft 4/96},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {1/97},
  pages = {64},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, OS/2, EPM\TeX},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:schmidt:absaetze,
  author = {Walter Schmidt},
  title = {Abs{\"a}tze -- einmal anders},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {2/97},
  pages = {19--22},
  month = jul,
  abstract = {Kennzeichnet man den Beginn eines Absatzes weder mit
	 einem Einzug noch mit zus{\"a}tzlichen Durchschu{\ss}, dann ist er
	 nicht mehr erkennbar, wenn der vorausgehende Absatz gerade mit einer
	 vollen Zeile endet. Es wird beschrieben, wie {\TeX} dieses Problem
	 selbst{\"a}ndig beheben kann und worauf man dabei zu achten hat.},
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Absatzformen},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:schmidt:antwort,
  author = {Walter Schmidt},
  title = {{A}ntwort auf den {L}eserbrief von {H}enning {B}{\"o}ke},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {3/97},
  pages = {40},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:schmidt:tex-kompatible,
  author = {Walter Schmidt},
  title = {{\TeX}-kompatible {R}echtschreibpr{\"u}fung f{\"u}r den {E}ditor {EPM} unter {OS/2} {W}arp},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {3/97},
  pages = {11--13},
  month = oct,
  abstract = {Der sogenannte \glqq erweiterte Editor\grqq{} des Betriebssystems
	 OS/2 l{\"a}{\ss}t sich als komfortable Umgebung f{\"u}r \TeX{} und
	 \LaTeX{} einrichten. Der Artikel beschreibt, wie man ihn um eine
	 \TeX-kompatible Rechtschreibpr{\"u}fung erg{\"a}nzt, die sowohl Deutsch
	 als auch Englisch und zahlreiche weitere Sprachen unterst{\"u}tzt.},
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {EPM, OS/2, Rechtschreibpr{\"u}fung},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:schmidt:latex,
  author = {Walter Schmidt},
  title = {{\LaTeX} f{\"u}r {T}echniker},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {2/94},
  pages = {32--36},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Formelsatz},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:schmidt:umsteigen,
  author = {Walter Schmidt},
  title = {Umsteigen auf {\LaTeXe}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {2/94},
  pages = {26--31},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {\LaTeXe-Installation, \LaTeX~2.09},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:schmidt:computer,
  author = {Walter Schmidt},
  title = {Computer {M}odern {B}right},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {4/94},
  pages = {11--16},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Schriften, Fonts, Computer Modern Bright, },
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:schmitt:interlinear-versionen,
  author = {Peter Schmitt},
  title = {Interlinear-Versionen: ein Vorschlag},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {3/99},
  pages = {34--41},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:schmitt:dezimalkomma,
  author = {Peter Schmitt},
  title = {{"`D}ezimalkomma beim {\TeX}satz in deutsch{"'}, {H}eft 1/94},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/97},
  pages = {50},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, Dezimalkomma, Formelsatz, Komma in Zahlen, Mathematik},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:schmitt:orale,
  author = {Peter Schmitt},
  title = {{"`O}rale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} {--} {T}eil {III} ({A}ddendum){"'}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/97},
  pages = {50--53},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, \verb|\relax|},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:schmitt:tex-raetsel,
  author = {Peter Schmitt},
  title = {Ein {\TeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {2/98},
  pages = {46--48},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {R{\"a}tsel, Klammern},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:schmitt:bemerkungen,
  author = {Peter Schmitt},
  title = {Einige {B}emerkungen zu den {DC}-{F}onts},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {2/91},
  pages = {35--37},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, Fonts (DC), DC-Fonts, Schriften},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:schoppmann:bericht,
  author = {Harald Schoppmann},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {M}ailbox von {DANTE} e.V.},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {1/97},
  pages = {59--61},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Mailbox},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:schoppmann:bericht,
  author = {Harald Schoppmann},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {M}ailbox von {DANTE} e.{V}.},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {3/96},
  pages = {60--61},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Mailbox},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:schoppmann:tex,
  author = {Harald Schoppmann},
  title = {{\TeX} f{\"u}r {H}eimwerker},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {4/94},
  pages = {37--39},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  keywords = {Rezension},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:schrell:stammtisch,
  author = {Andreas Schrell},
  title = {Der {S}tammtisch in {W}uppertal},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {2/94},
  pages = {8--10},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:schrod:bericht,
  author = {Joachim Schrod},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- dvi-{T}reiberentwicklung und {SGML}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {1/95},
  pages = {38--41},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Treiber, SGML},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:schrod:bericht,
  author = {Joachim Schrod},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {T}reiberentwicklung und {SGML}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {3/95},
  pages = {41--42},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:schrod:tds,
  author = {Joachim Schrod},
  title = {{TDS} -- {D}ie vorgeschlagene {\TeX} {D}irectory {S}tructure},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {3/95},
  pages = {44--47},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {TDS, Verzeichnisstruktur, Standard},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:schrod:bericht,
  author = {Joachim Schrod},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {T}reiber},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {3/94},
  pages = {42--44},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Treiber},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:schrod:komponenten,
  author = {Joachim Schrod},
  title = {Die {K}omponenten von {\TeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {2/90},
  pages = {21--29},
  month = aug,
  abstract = {{\TeX} ben{\"o}tigt eine gro{\ss}e Anzahl an Hilfskomponenten (Dateien und
	 Programme), deren Bedeutung und gegenseitige Beziehung oft nicht bekannt
	 ist. F{\"u}r das Kernsystem {\TeX} werden die Komponenten und ihre
	 Beziehungen, die f{\"u}r den {\TeX}-Benutzer sichtbar sind, erl{\"a}utert.},
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {\TeX-Komponenten},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:schrod:site-koordinator,
  author = {Joachim Schrod},
  title = {Site-{K}oordinator f{\"u}r {T}reiber -- {W}as ist das?},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {2/90},
  pages = {30--32},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:schrod:status,
  author = {Joachim Schrod},
  title = {Zum {S}tatus verteilter {S}oftware},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {2/90},
  pages = {32--34},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Shareware, Public Domain, Freeware},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:schrod:bemerkungen,
  author = {Joachim Schrod},
  title = {Bemerkungen zur deutschsprachigen {V}ersion des {\BibTeX}-\texttt{alpha}-{S}tiles},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {4/90},
  pages = {14--16},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {BibTeX},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:schroeder:tex,
  author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der},
  title = {{\TeX} {M}erchandising---{A}n {A}nnouncement},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/97},
  pages = {48--49},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
  keywords = {Merchandising},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:schroeder:latex,
  author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der},
  title = {"`{\LaTeX}: kurz \& gut"' von {M}atthias {K}alle {D}alheimer},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/98},
  pages = {37--39},
  month = dec,
  annote = {#rezension#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:schroeder:tex-loewe,
  author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der},
  title = {Der {\TeX}-{L}{\"o}we zum {A}nfassen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/98},
  pages = {50--51},
  month = dec,
  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:schroeder:dante97,
  author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der},
  title = {{DANTE}'97 in {M}{\"u}nchen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {1/97},
  pages = {21--24},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#theatertage#},
  keywords = {Tagungsbericht},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:schroeder:texies,
  author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der},
  title = {{\TeX}ies, fahrt nach {H}eidelberg},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {1/96},
  pages = {56--57},
  month = jun,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:schroeder:mehr,
  author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der},
  title = {Mehr {P}romillezeichen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {1/94},
  pages = {54},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, Promillezeichen, wasy, Waldis Symbol Font, Fonts, Schriften},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:schroeder:gedanken,
  author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der},
  title = {Gedanken zum {G}edankenstrich},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {3/94},
  pages = {53--55},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, Gedankenstriche},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:schurr:documentstyle-familie,
  author = {Oliver Schurr},
  title = {Die documentstyle-{F}amilie \texttt{SCRIPT}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {3/92},
  pages = {27--28},
  month = nov,
  abstract = {Die documentsytle-Familie \texttt{SCRIPT} von Frank Neukam erm{\"o}glicht erstmals
	 eine deutliche Verbesserung des Layouts von Texten, die mit {\LaTeX}
	 gesetzt sind. Sie erlaubt u.\,a. eine sehr komfortable Einstellung des
	 Satzspiegels f{\"u}r die verschiedenen DIN-Formate und enth{\"a}lt
	 einen Briefstil, der in der {\TeX}-Gemeinde seines gleichen sucht.},
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {|SCRIPT|, Dokumentstyle},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:schurr:grafikeinbindung,
  author = {Oliver Schurr},
  title = {Grafikeinbindung (!) in {\TeX} mit {HPTOMF} -- {E}in {E}rfahrungsbericht},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {1/91},
  pages = {23--24},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {HPTOMF, Grafik, Bilder},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:schwarz:bericht,
  author = {Norbert Schwarz},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {NOS/VE} {\&} {\MF}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {3/94},
  pages = {36},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {NOS/VE, Metafont},
}

@BOOK{bib:python,
  title = {Workshop Python},
  publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
  year = {2002},
  author = {Stefan Schwarzer},
  address = {München},
  month = may,
  isbn = {3-8273-1880-7},
  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:schaeffler:auseinandersetzungen,
  author = {Markus Sch{\"a}ffler},
  title = {Auseinandersetzungen beenden},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {2/98},
  pages = {59--60},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:schaenzel:druckertreiber,
  author = {Roland Sch{\"a}nzel},
  title = {Druckertreiber gesucht},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {2/92},
  pages = {50},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:schoebel:ich,
  author = {Wolfgang Sch{\"o}bel},
  title = {{I}ch h{\"a}tt' da mal 'ne {F}rage},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {3/97},
  pages = {45--46},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:schoepf:bericht,
  author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {S}erver-{K}oordination},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/97},
  pages = {25},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
  keywords = {Server},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:schoepf:antwort,
  author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
  title = {Antwort auf den offenen {B}rief an das {CTAN}-{T}eam},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {2/98},
  pages = {60--63},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:schoepf:seitenumbrueche,
  author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
  title = {Seitenumbr{\"u}che in {L}isten},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {4/96},
  pages = {54--55},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#schonimmer#},
  keywords = {Seitenumbruch, Listen},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:schoepf:bericht,
  author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {S}erver-{K}oordination},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {1/97},
  pages = {62},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Server},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:schoepf:bericht,
  author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {S}erver-{K}oordination},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {1/96},
  pages = {53},
  month = jun,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Server},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:schoepf:bericht,
  author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {S}erver-{K}oordination},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {3/96},
  pages = {62--63},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Server},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:schoepf:bericht,
  author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {S}erver-{K}oordination},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {1/95},
  pages = {38--39},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Server},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:schoepf:buecher,
  author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
  title = {Zwei neue {B}{\"u}cher},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {2/94},
  pages = {47--49},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  keywords = {Rezension},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:schoepf:bericht,
  author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {S}erver-{K}oordination},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {3/94},
  pages = {41},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Server},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:schoepf:tex-raetsel,
  author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
  title = {Drei {\TeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel -- die {A}ufl{\"o}sung},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {1/92},
  pages = {50},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#schonimmer#},
  keywords = {R{\"a}tsel},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:schoepf:softwareverteilung,
  author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
  title = {Softwareverteilung durch elektronische {N}etze {I} -- {D}ie {\TeX}-{S}erver in {H}eidelberg und {S}tuttgart},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {2/91},
  pages = {26--32},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:schoepf:tex-benutzer,
  author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
  title = {{\TeX}-{B}enutzer -- {E}in {P}ortrait},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {3/91},
  pages = {41--43},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Humor, Satire},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:schoepf:tex-raetsel,
  author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf},
  title = {Drei {\TeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {4/91},
  pages = {46},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#schonimmer#},
  keywords = {R{\"a}tsel},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:schuetze:math,
  author = {Torsten Sch{\"u}tze},
  title = {"`Math into \LaTeX"' von Georg Gr{\"a}tzer},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {1/98},
  pages = {51--53},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#rezension#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:seitz:arbeitskreis,
  author = {Peter Seitz},
  title = {Arbeitskreis {\"O}ffentlichkeitsarbeit},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {1/01},
  pages = {31--32},
  month = apr,
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:seitz:eindruecke,
  author = {Peter Seitz},
  title = {Eindr{\"u}cke vom {H}erbst in {E}ichst{\"a}tt},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/98},
  pages = {22--24},
  month = dec,
  annote = {#theatertage#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:siart:bayerischer,
  author = {Uwe Siart},
  title = {1. Bayerischer {\TeX}-Stammtisch in N{\"u}rnberg},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {3/03},
  pages = {8--9},
  month = sep,
  abstract = { Insgesamt zehn Mitglieder der beiden bayerischen {\TeX}-Stammtische in
	 Erlangen und M{\"u}nchen trafen sich am Samstag, den 9.~August 2003 zum
	 ersten Mal zu einem gemeinsamen {\TeX}-Stammtisch in N{\"u}rnberg. },
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.1:siart:ansprechende,
  author = {Uwe Siart},
  title = {Ansprechende technische Illustration mit \MP},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {1/02},
  month = mar,
  abstract = { \MP\ ist eine Grafik-Beschreibungssprache zur Erstellung qualitativ hochstehender Vektorzeichnungen.
	 Obwohl der Compiler in praktisch allen modernen {\TeX}-Distributionen
	 enthalten ist, findet \MP\ noch relativ wenig Beachtung. \MP\ ist
	 besonders geeignet zur Erstellung von Strichzeichnungen, wie sie in
	 Naturwissenschaft und Technik h{\"a}ufig auftreten. Dabei erzeugt es besonders
	 schlanke Bilddateien, deren Format praktisch identisch zu EPS ist.
	 Allerdings werden Ressourcen, die das {\TeX}-Dokument ohnehin einbindet,
	 einfach weggelassen. Die angef{\"u}hrten Beispiele stammen -- wie auch
	 der Autor -- aus dem ingenieurwissenschaftlich-technischen Bereich.
	 Sie sollen einige F{\"a}higkeiten von \MP\ aufzeigen und den Leser
	 ermutigen, seine eigenen Anwendungsgebiete f{\"u}r \MP\ zu suchen. },
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:sieber:russischer,
  author = {Holm Sieber},
  title = {Russischer {T}extsatz mit {\LaTeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {2/97},
  pages = {22--31},
  month = jul,
  abstract = {Der Satz mehrsprachiger Texte mit {\LaTeXe} ist dank dem \glqq babel\grqq-Paket
	 an sich kein Problem. Beim ersten Versuch, damit einen russischen
	 Text zu setzen, mu{\ss}te ich allerdings feststellen, da{\ss} meine
	 {\TeX}-Distribution (te{\TeX}) daf{\"u}r nicht vorbereitet gewesen ist. Ich habe
	 daraufhin die fehlenden Teile installiert. Hier beschreibe ich die
	 einzelnen Schritte dieser Installation, die Nutzung f{\"u}r das Schreiben
	 russischer Texte und die in diesem Proze{\ss} gewonnen Erfahrungen.},
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {\texttt{babel}, kyrillische Zeichens{\"a}tze, russische Trenntabellen},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:sieger:tipps,
  author = {Rainer Sieger},
  title = {Tipps und Tricks: Kartenerstellung mit PanMap},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {3/02},
  pages = {55--58},
  month = oct,
  abstract = {In der Zeitschrift "`\DTK"' 2/2002 erschien in der Rubrik
	 Tipps und Tricks ein Artikel von Gerd Neugebauer über die Erstellung
	 von Illustrationen für \LaTeX. Als Beispiel wurde die Entwicklung
	 einer Landkarte dargestellt. Mit Hilfe des Programms PanMap kann
	 der Teil der reinen Kartenerstellung erheblich vereinfacht werden.},
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:skoupy:new,
  author = {Karel Skoup\'y},
  title = {{\NTS}: {N}ew {T}ypesetting {S}ystem -- ein neues {S}atzsystem},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {3/98},
  pages = {35--45},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {NTS},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:skoupy:extending,
  author = {Karel Skoup{\'y}},
  title = {Extending \NTS{} (by {\texttt{X\kern-.14em\lower.5ex\hbox{T}\kern-.14em\raise.2ex\hbox{S}}})},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {3/02},
  pages = {19--31},
  month = oct,
  abstract = { The article evaluates the experience gained from extending \NTS. Two simple
	 extensions are mentioned and a more complicated one is studied in
	 more detail. It involves an abstract model of line-breaking and its
	 application to the \emph{paragraph-breaking into a fixed orthogonal
	 polygon shape}. It shows that extensions of \NTS\ are feasible and
	 discusses the different aspects of making extensions and/or changes. },
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:sowa:kassenbericht,
  author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
  title = {Kassenbericht 1996},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {2/98},
  pages = {10--11},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:sowa:kassenbericht,
  author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
  title = {Kassenbericht 1997},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {3/98},
  pages = {8--9},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:sowa:tex,
  author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
  title = {{\TeX} {N}orth{E}ast},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {3/98},
  pages = {46--47},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {TUG},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:sowa:kassenbericht,
  author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
  title = {Kassenbericht 1995},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {3/97},
  pages = {9--10},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
  keywords = {Kassenbericht},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:sowa:kassenbericht,
  author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
  title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 1.1.1993--31.12.1993},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {1/96},
  pages = {16--17},
  month = jun,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
  keywords = {Kassenbericht},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:sowa:kassenbericht,
  author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
  title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 1.1.1994--31.12.1994},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {2/96},
  pages = {6--9},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
  keywords = {Kassenbericht},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:sowa:bericht,
  author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {BS}2000 {\&} {G}raphik},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {1/95},
  pages = {33--34},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {BS2000, Graphik},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:sowa:bericht,
  author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
  title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {BS}2000 {\&} {G}raphik},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {3/94},
  pages = {34--35},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {BS2000, Graphik},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:sowa:kassenbericht,
  author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
  title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 1.1.1992--1.12.1992},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {3/93},
  pages = {26--27},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
  keywords = {Kassenbericht},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:sowa:kassenbericht,
  author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
  title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 1.1.1991--31.12.1991},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {1/92},
  pages = {23--25},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
  keywords = {Kassenbericht},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:sowa:stammtisch,
  author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
  title = {Stammtisch in {D}uisburg},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {2/92},
  pages = {5--6},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
  keywords = {Stammtisch},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:sowa:text,
  author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
  title = {Text und {B}ilder},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {2/92},
  pages = {41--45},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Bilder, Grafik, \verb|picinpar.sty|},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:sowa:grafikintegration,
  author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
  title = {Grafikintegration mit \textsf{BM2FONT}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {2/91},
  pages = {10--14},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {bm2font, Grafik, Bilder},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:sowa:kassenbericht,
  author = {Friedhelm Sowa},
  title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 9.10.1989--4.9.1990},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {3/90},
  pages = {8},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
  keywords = {Kasenbericht},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:splett:interlinearuebersetzung,
  author = {Siegfried Splett},
  title = {Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung -- Wer wei{\ss} Rat?},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {2/99},
  pages = {44--46},
  month = may,
  abstract = {Gesucht wird ein Verfahren, mit dem zweisprachige Texte gesetzt werden k{\"o}nnen. In
	 einer {\em Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung} steht unter den Satzteilen der
	 Quelle die {\"U}bertragung, m{\"o}glichst Wort f{\"u}r Wort, in die
	 Zielsprache. Es gibt ein umfangreiches Vorbild: Das Neue Testament $\cdot$
	 \emph{Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung Griechisch-Deutsch}, das in dieser Technik gesetzt ist. },
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:splett:russische,
  author = {Siegfried Splett},
  title = {Das russische {A}lphabet -- mit {\glqq}{B}ordmitteln{\grqq} erstellt},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {1/95},
  pages = {28--30},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Fonts, Schriften, Kyrillisch},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:steinbach-werner:editorial,
  author = {Claudia Steinbach-Werner},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {1/98},
  pages = {3--4},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:steinbach-werner:editorial,
  author = {Claudia Steinbach-Werner},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {2/98},
  pages = {3--4},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:steinbach-werner:editorial,
  author = {Claudia Steinbach-Werner},
  title = {Editorial},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {3/98},
  pages = {3--4},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#editorial#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:steinhaeuser:anmerkungen,
  author = {Steffen Steinh{\"a}user},
  title = {Anmerkungen zu script\_l},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {1/93},
  pages = {62--63},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, \verb|script_l|, Fonts, Schriften},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:steinhaeuser:serienbriefe,
  author = {Steffen Steinh{\"a}user},
  title = {Serienbriefe und vieles mehr \dots},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {1/93},
  pages = {46--49},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Serienbriefe, Briefe},
}

@BOOK{bib:quicksilver,
  title = {Quicksilver},
  publisher = {Goldmann},
  year = {2004},
  author = {Neal Stephenson},
  address = {München},
  month = aug,
  isbn = {3-442-54568-4},
  abstract = {Der erste Band der gefeierten »Barock-Trilogie« Europa, um
	 1665: Daniel Waterhouse, Querdenker, Puritaner und Verächter der
	 alten Geheimwissenschaften, strebt mit seinem Freund Isaac Newton
	 und einigen anderen großen Geistern des barocken Europa nach Wissen
	 und Erkenntnis, während die Welt ringsum ein einziges Chaos ist.
	 Überall ringt die Vernunft mit dem blutigen Ehrgeiz der Mächtigen,
	 und jederzeit können Katastrophen ? ob natürlich oder hausgemacht
	 ? die politische Landschaft über Nacht verändern. In dieser Zeit
	 steigt Jack Shaftoe vom Londoner Gassenjungen zum legendären König der
	 Vagabunden auf. Er riskiert Leib und Leben für sein Glück und seine
	 Liebe ? und verliert durch die Syphilis schleichend den Verstand.
	 Gleichzeitig schlägt sich seine Geliebte Eliza, die er aus einem türkischen
	 Harem befreit hat, bis zum Hof Ludwigs XIV. durch, wird Mätresse,
	 Spionin und Schachfigur in den Händen von königlichen Staatenlenkern.
	 Die Wege von Daniel, Jack und Eliza führen kreuz und quer durch das
	 zerrissene Europa, sie berühren und verschlingen sich, während allerorten
	 ein neues Zeitalter seine Schatten voraus wirft ? "Vielleicht ist
	 'Quicksilver', das einen Schatz an Geschichten, Personen, Handlungen
	 und Verknüpfungen enthält, weniger ein Buch als ein Ort, den wir
	 besuchen und an dem wir uns tummeln können. Eines ist sicher: Der
	 (ehemalige) SF-Autor Stephenson ist damit endgültig in der Gegenwart der
	 Vergangenheit angekommen. Die uns durchaus einen viel sagenden Blick in
	 die Zukunft offenbaren kann." Buchjournal "Der Autor entwirft ein
	 lebendiges Panorama einer großen Epoche der Wissenschaft: die manische
	 Kleinarbeit der Forscher in abgelegenen Laboratorien, ihre Erfolge und
	 Niederlagen. 'Quicksilver' ist Wissenschafts-Thriller, Historienschmöker und
	 Schelmenroman auf höchstem Niveau." SZ Wissen "Geniale Schöpferkraft ? Sie
	 werden sich wünschen, dass es nie zu Ende geht!" Time Magazine},
  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:sterzl:finanzbericht,
  author = {Tobias Sterzl},
  title = {Finanzbericht 2002},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {2/03},
  pages = {11--14},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:sterzl:literarischer,
  author = {Tobias Sterzl},
  title = {Ein "`literarischer"' Ergu{\ss} {\"u}ber die {\TeX}-Tagung an der Fernuniversit{\"a}t/Gesamthochschule Hagen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {4/00},
  pages = {10--11},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:steuer:postkarten,
  author = {Arne W. Steuer},
  title = {Postkarten mit {P}as{\TeX} auf dem {A}miga},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {1/94},
  pages = {40--41},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Amiga, Pas\TeX, Postkarten, \verb|postcard.sty|},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:steuer:style-files,
  author = {Arne W. Steuer},
  title = {Style-{F}iles -- leicht gemacht},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {3/94},
  pages = {25--30},
  month = sep,
  abstract = {Es wird geschildert, wie insbesondere {\LaTeX}-Einsteiger einfache Stil-Optionen
	 (Style-Files) selbst entwickeln k{\"o}nnen. Grundsatz dabei ist:
	 Vom Speziellen zum Allgemeinen. Beispielhaft wird die Erstellung
	 eines Style-Files zum Beschriften von Aktenordnern beschrieben. Im
	 Vordergrund steht dabei nicht die Ber{\"u}cksichtigung von Tricks und
	 Feinheiten der Makroprogrammierung. Vielmehr ist es Ziel, eine leicht
	 nachvollziehbare Vorgehensweise darzustellen, die zu einfachen aber
	 funktionierenden Ergebnissen f{\"u}hrt und zu eigenen Experimenten anregt.},
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, Styles erstellen, },
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:steuer:cassettenhuellen,
  author = {Arne W. Steuer},
  title = {Cassettenh{\"u}llen mit {\LaTeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {3/93},
  pages = {28--29},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Casettenh{\"u}llen, \verb|cassette.sty|},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:storbeck:schoener,
  author = {Sven Storbeck},
  title = {Sch{\"o}ner Lesen~--~gut lesbare und optisch ansprechende Texte durch gute Typografie},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {3/00},
  pages = {6--30},
  month = sep,
  abstract = {Jeder Autor eines Textes m{\"o}chte, dass dieser auch
	 gelesen wird. Zur Erf{\"u}llung dieses Wunsches tragen nicht nur
	 die stilistischen H{\"o}henfl{\"u}ge des Verfassers bei, sondern
	 auch das {\"a}u{\ss}ere Erscheinungsbild des Textes. Der folgende
	 Artikel~-- der sich an den typografisch Unbedarften wendet~-- zeigt,
	 wie es dem Leser leicht gemacht werden kann, den Text zu erfassen. },
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:strempel:latex-programm,
  author = {Torsten-Karl Strempel},
  title = {{\LaTeX}-{P}rogramm zum {B}riefeschreiben},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {2/91},
  pages = {22--25},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Briefe, \verb|tksbrief.sty|},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:strobel:fraktur,
  author = {Franz Strobel},
  title = {Fraktur und \texttt{eqnarray}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {2/93},
  pages = {58--59},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, Fraktur, Formelsatz},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:suchanek:mathematikaufgaben,
  author = {Jan Suchanek},
  title = {Mathematikaufgaben mit {P}ascal und {\LaTeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {3/93},
  pages = {29--32},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Pascal, Aufgaben, Mathematik},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:sumbeck:verwaltung,
  author = {Fred Sumbeck},
  title = {Verwaltung von {L}iteraturdatenbanken},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {1/92},
  pages = {39--46},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {BibTeX, Literaturverzeichnis},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:szillat:finanzbericht,
  author = {Horst Szillat},
  title = {Finanzbericht 2001},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {2/02},
  pages = {13--17},
  month = jun,
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:szillat:beitragsordnung,
  author = {Horst Szillat},
  title = {Beitragsordnung \dante},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {1/01},
  pages = {22--25},
  month = apr,
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:szillat:finanzbericht,
  author = {Horst Szillat},
  title = {Finanzbericht 2000},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {1/01},
  pages = {16--20},
  month = apr,
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:szillat:finanzbericht,
  author = {Horst Szillat},
  title = {Finanzbericht 1999},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {1/00},
  pages = {11--17},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:szillat:finanzbericht,
  author = {Horst Szillat},
  title = {Finanzbericht~1998, Mitgliederversammlung 19.~September 1999},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {4/99},
  pages = {20--24},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:szillat:internet-anschluss,
  author = {Horst Szillat},
  title = {Internet-{A}nschlu{\ss} -- selbst gebastelt},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {2/94},
  pages = {37--39},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Internet},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:szillat:dc-fonts,
  author = {Horst Szillat},
  title = {{DC}-{F}onts},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {1/92},
  pages = {52--54},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, Fonts (DC), DC-Fonts, Schriften},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:szillat:ams-latex,
  author = {Horst Szillat},
  title = {{\AMS-\LaTeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {2/92},
  pages = {26--31},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {\AMS-\LaTeX},
}

@BOOK{bib:guidesi,
  title = {Guide for the Use of the International System of Units (SI)},
  publisher = {National Institute of Standards and Technology},
  year = {1995},
  author = {Barry N. Taylor},
  volume = {811},
  series = {NIST Special Publication},
  address = {Gaithersburg, MD 20899-0001},
  month = apr,
  abstract = {The International System of Units, universally abbreviated SI (from the
	 French Le Syste`me International d?Unite?s ), is the modern metric
	 system of measurement. Long the dominant measurement system used in
	 science, the SI is becoming the dominant measurement system used in
	 international commerce. The Omnibus Trade and Competitiveness Act of
	 August 1988 [Public Law (PL) 100-418] changed the name of the National
	 Bureau of Standards (NBS) to the National Institute of Standards and
	 Technology (NIST) and gave to NIST the added task of helping United States
	 industry increase its competitiveness in the global marketplace. It also
	 recognized the rapidly expanding use of the SI by amending the Metric
	 Conversion Act of 1975 (PL 94-168). In particular, section 5164 (Metric
	 Usage) of PL 100-418 designates the metric system of measurement
	 as the preferred system of weights and measures for United States
	 trade and commerce . . . and requires that each Federal agency, by
	 a date certain and to the extent economically feasible by the end
	 of fiscal year 1992, use the metric system of measurement in its
	 procurements, grants, and other business-related activities, except to the
	 extent that such use is impractical or is likely to cause significant
	 inefficiencies or loss of markets for United States firms . . . In January
	 1991, the Department of Commerce issued an addition to the Code of
	 Federal Regulations entitled ??Metric Conversion Policy for Federal
	 Agencies,?? 15 CFR 1170, which removes the voluntary aspect of the
	 conversion to the SI for Federal agencies and gives in detail the
	 policy for that conversion. Executive Order 12770, issued in July
	 1991, reinforces that policy by providing Presidential authority and
	 direction for the use of the metric system of measurement by Federal
	 agencies and departments.* Because of the importance of the SI to both
	 science and technology, NIST has over the years published documents to
	 assist NIST authors and other users of the SI, especially to inform
	 them of changes in the SI and in SI usage. For example, this second
	 edition of the Guide replaces the first edition prepared by Arthur O.
	 McCoubrey and published in 1991. That edition, in turn, replaced NBS
	 Letter Circular LC 1120 (1979), which was widely distributed in the
	 United States and which was incorporated into the NBS Communications
	 Manual for Scientific, Technical, and Public Information, a manual of
	 instructions issued in 1980 for the preparation of technical publications at
	 NBS. It is quite natural for NIST to publish documents on the use of
	 the SI. First, NIST coordinates the Federal Government policy on
	 the conversion to the SI by Federal agencies and on the use of the
	 SI by United States industry and the public. Second, NIST provides
	 official United States representation in the various international
	 bodies established by the Meter Convention (Convention du Me`tre,
	 often called the Treaty of the Meter in the United States), which
	 was signed in Paris in 1875 by seventeen countries, including the
	 United States (nearly 50 countries are now members of the Convention).
	 One body created by the Meter Convention is the General Conference
	 on Weights and Measures (CGPM, Confe?rence Ge?ne?rale des Poids et
	 Mesures ), a formal diplomatic organization.** The International
	 System was in fact established by the 11th CGPM in 1960, and it is the
	 responsibility of the CGPM to ensure that the SI is widely disseminated and
	 that it reflects the latest advances in science and technology. This
	 1995 edition of the Guide corrects a number of misprints in the 1991
	 edition, incorporates a significant amount of additional material
	 intended to answer frequently asked questions concerning the SI and SI
	 usage, and updates the bibliography. The added material includes a
	 check list in Chapter 11, which is reproduced immediately after this
	 Preface for easy reference, for reviewing the consistency of NIST
	 manuscripts with the SI. Some changes in format have also been made in an
	 attempt to improve the ease of use of the Guide. In keeping with
	 United States and NIST practice (see Sec. C.3), this edition of the
	 Guide continues to use the dot as the decimal marker rather than
	 the comma, the spellings ??meter,?? ??liter,?? and ??deka?? rather
	 than ??metre,?? ??litre,?? and ??deca,?? and the name ??metric ton??
	 rather than ??tonne.?? I should like to take this opportunity to thank
	 James B. McCracken of the NISTMetric Program for his highly capable
	 assistance in the early stages of the preparation of this Guide.},
  comment = {Ersetzt Version von 1991},
  organization = {United States Department of Commerce},
  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
  url = {http://physics.nist.gov/cuu/pdf/sp811.pdf},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:taylor.obermiller:zukunft,
  author = {Phil Taylor and Walter Obermiller},
  title = {Die {Z}ukunft von {\TeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {2/93},
  pages = {19--37},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
  keywords = {\TeX-Entwicklung, NTS},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:taylor:pragmatische,
  author = {Philip Taylor},
  title = {Eine pragmatische Herangehensweise an den Absatzumbruch},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {4/99},
  pages = {43--49},
  month = nov,
  note = {Dieser Artikel ist in TUGboat 14(1993)\#2, Juli~1993, Seite 138--140 erschienen und wurde von Rebecca Stiels {\"u}bersetzt.},
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:taylor:-tex,
  author = {Philip Taylor},
  title = {{$\varepsilon$-\TeX} {V}ersion 2: {V}erf{\"u}gbar auf der {CD-ROM} "`{\TeX} {L}ive"'!},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {2/98},
  pages = {26--35},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {$\varepsilon$-\TeX},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:team:modifying,
  author = {\LaTeX3{} Project Team},
  title = {Modifying {\LaTeXe}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {2/95},
  pages = {6--10},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
  keywords = {\LaTeX-Entwicklung, \LaTeX3},
}

@MISC{package:ifthen,
  author = {The \LaTeX3-Project Team},
  title = {\Package{ifthen.sty} -- Implements programming control structures, version 1.1c},
  year = {2001},
  note = {\url{CTAN://macros/latex/base/}},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:team:latex,
  author = {{\LaTeX} Programming Team},
  title = {{\LaTeX} {N}ews, {I}ssue2, {D}ecember 1994},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {3/94},
  pages = {18--20},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
  keywords = {\LaTeX-News, \LaTeX-Entwicklung},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:teilnahme:eurotex99,
  author = {Einladung zur Teilnahme},
  title = {Euro{\TeX}'99 -- XI. Europ{\"a}ische {\TeX}-Konferenz},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {3/99},
  pages = {61--63},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {Spielplan},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:theofel:12,
  author = {Jan Theofel},
  title = {12.\ {\TeX}-Tagung in Rosenheim -- Ein pers{\"o}nlicher Bericht},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {1/01},
  pages = {32--35},
  month = apr,
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:thewalt:dante94,
  author = {Volker Thewalt},
  title = {{DANTE}'94 in {M}{\"u}nster -- ein kurzer {T}agungsbericht},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {1/94},
  pages = {23--27},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#theatertage#},
  keywords = {Tagungsbericht},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:thiel:emacs,
  author = {Rainer Thiel},
  title = {Emacs, Auc{\TeX}\ und MiK{\TeX}s \textsf{Yap} unter Windows},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {3/01},
  pages = {6--14},
  month = sep,
  abstract = { Wer die Vorteile eines Satzsystems wie {\LaTeXTeX} nutzen will, muss auf die direkte
	 Begutachtung seiner Arbeit auf dem Bildschirm verzichten. M{\"o}glich ist
	 dagegen ein bequemer Editor-Compiler-Zyklus, der es erlaubt, vom
	 DVI-Viewer an die entsprechende Stelle im Quelltext zu springen und
	 umgekehrt. Der vorliegende Beitrag beschreibt aus der Sicht eines mit den
	 Interna von {\LaTeXTeX} kaum vertrauten Anwenders, wie dies unter
	 Windows mit GNU-\textsf{Emacs} und MiK{\TeX} zu realisieren ist. },
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:thomas-koch:einladung,
  author = {Thomas Koch, Thomas Feuerstack},
  title = {Einladung zur Herbstagung und 23.~Mitgliederversammlung von \dante},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {2/00},
  pages = {8},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:thull:gebrauch,
  author = {Klaus Thull},
  title = {Der {G}ebrauch von {\MF}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {4/90},
  pages = {25--36},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Metafont, Fontentwurf, Schriftentwurf},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:tolksdorf:deutschsprachige,
  author = {Robert Tolksdorf},
  title = {Deutschsprachige {V}ersion des {\BibTeX}-\texttt{alpha}-{S}tils},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {3/90},
  pages = {28},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {BibTeX, Literaturverzeichnis},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:tolksdorf:kennzeichnung,
  author = {Robert Tolksdorf},
  title = {Kennzeichnung von {V}orversionen eines {D}okumentes},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {3/90},
  pages = {26--29},
  month = nov,
  abstract = {Durch eine kleine Modifikation der Output-Routine von {\LaTeX} werden Vorversionen eines
	 Dokumentes durch eine zus{\"a}tzliche Zeile am Seitenende als solche
	 gekennzeichnet. Die Modifikation wird als Style-Option implementiert.},
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:trautner:jiddisch,
  author = {Martin Trautner},
  title = {Jiddisch mit {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {4/00},
  pages = {13--26},
  month = nov,
  abstract = {Jiddisch, die Sprache des osteurop{\"a}ischen Judentums, stellt
	 besondere Anforderungen an {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}. Zum einen m{\"u}ssen
	 geeignete Fonts beschafft und bereitgestellt werden. Zum anderen
	 ist {\TeX} mit der F{\"a}higkeit zu bidirektionalem Schriftsatz zum
	 Schreiben gemischter Texte von links nach rechts beziehungsweise von
	 rechts nach links auszustatten. Im Folgenden werden die verschiedenen
	 M{\"o}glichkeiten untersucht, jiddische Texte mit {\TeX} und {\LaTeX} zu
	 setzen. Das Ergebnis in der gewohnt hohen Qualit{\"a}t von {\TeX}
	 macht dieses Satzsystem beispielsweise auch f{\"u}r den Einsatz in
	 wissenschaftlichen Einrichtungen interessant, die sich mit der Erforschung
	 jiddischer Sprache und Kultur besch{\"a}ftigen. Bei allen {\"U}berlegungen
	 wei{\ss} sich der Verfasser der Idee freier Software verpflichtet. },
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:unger:mailbox,
  author = {J{\"u}rgen Unger},
  title = {Die {M}ailbox von {DANTE} e.{V}. -- es ist vollbracht},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1995},
  volume = {1/95},
  pages = {18--20},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {7},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:vieth:schnell,
  author = {Ulrik Vieth},
  title = {{"`S}chnell ans {Z}iel mit {\LaTeXe"`} von {J}{\"o}rg {K}nappen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/97},
  pages = {44--47},
  month = feb,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  keywords = {Rezension},
  reference = {J{\"o}rg Knappen: \emph{Schnell ans Ziel mit \LaTeXe}\\ R. Oldenbourg Verlag,
	 M{\"u}nchen, Wien, 1997;\\ ISBN 3-486-24199-0\\ 207 Seiten, 48,00~DM},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:vieth:latex,
  author = {Ulrik Vieth},
  title = {"`{T}he {\LaTeX} {G}raphics {C}ompanion"' von {G}oosens et al.},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {2/98},
  pages = {49--52},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  keywords = {Rezension},
  reference = {M. Goosens, F. Mittelbach, S. Rahtz: \emph{The \LaTeX\ Graphics
	 Companion -- Illustrating Documents with \TeX\ and PostScript}\\ Addison
	 Wesley Longman 1997;\\ ISBN 0-201-85469-4\\ 580 Seiten, \$\,39,95},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:vieth:tex,
  author = {Ulrik Vieth},
  title = {"`{\TeX} {U}nbound"' von {A}lan {H}oenig},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {3/98},
  pages = {54--57},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  keywords = {Rezension},
  reference = {Alan Hoenig: \emph{\TeX\ unbound --
	 \LaTeX\ \& \TeX\ Strategies for Fonts, Graphics and More}\\ Oxford
	 University Press, Oxford and New Yort, 1998\\ ISBN: 0-19-509686-X
	 (Paperback) 0-19-509685-1 (hardbound)\\ 594 Seiten, \$\,35 / \$\,60},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:vieth:tex,
  author = {Ulrik Vieth},
  title = {{\TeX} {L}ive -- {D}ie erste {TDS}-konforme ready-to-run {\TeX}-{CD-ROM} f{\"u}r {U}nix-{S}ysteme und andere {P}lattformen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {2/96},
  pages = {56--63},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {CD-ROM, TDS},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:vieth:bericht,
  author = {Ulrik Vieth},
  title = {Bericht von der 14.~{T}agung der {TUG}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {2/93},
  pages = {6--18},
  month = sep,
  note = {Zusammenfassung einiger Workshops und Vortr{\"a}ge zur 14. TUG-Tagung in Birmingham.},
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#theatertage#},
  keywords = {Tagungsbericht},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:voss:optische,
  author = {Herbert Vo{\ss}},
  title = {Optische Darstellungen mit \texttt{pst-optic}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {1/03},
  pages = {40--59},
  month = feb,
  abstract = { Mit diesem Artikel soll die Beschreibung der Teilpakete, die alle unter dem
	 Synonym \texttt{pstricks} zusammengefasst werden und mittlerweile
	 mehr als nur latent undurchsichtig erscheinen, mit einem Paket zur
	 Darstellung der optischen Verh{\"a}ltnisse an Linsen fortgesetzt werden.
	 Derartige Abbildungen geh{\"o}ren zu den Standardthemen in Schule und
	 Universit{\"a}t und k{\"o}nnen daher f{\"u}r einige Leser interessant sein. },
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:voss:erstellen,
  author = {Herbert Vo{\ss}},
  title = {Erstellen von Schaltbildern mit \texttt{pst-circ}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {3/03},
  pages = {33--49},
  month = sep,
  abstract = { Mit diesem Artikel wird die Beschreibung der
	 Teilpakete, die alle unter dem Synonym \verb|pstricks| zusammengefasst
	 werden, mit einem Paket zur Darstellung von Schaltbildern fortgesetzt.
	 Derartige Abbildungen geh{\"o}ren zu den Standardthemen in Schule
	 und Universit{\"a}t und k{\"o}nnen daher f{\"u}r einige interessant
	 sein, insbesondere wenn es gilt, f{\"u}r Ver{\"o}ffentlichungen oder
	 Arbeitsbl{\"a}tter auf einfache Art und Weise Ersatzschaltbilder zu
	 erstellen ohne auf Vektorzeichenprogramme zugreifen zu m{\"u}ssen. },
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.1:voss:mathematischen,
  author = {Herbert Vo{\ss}},
  title = {Die mathematischen Funktionen von Postscript},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {1/02},
  month = mar,
  abstract = { \PS, faktisch genauso alt wie {\TeX},
	 ist im Verh{\"a}ltnis dazu allgemein noch weniger bekannt, wenn es
	 darum geht zu beurteilen, was es denn nun im eigentlichen Sinne ist.
	 Au{\ss}erdem wird h{\"a}ufig vergessen, dass sich mit den \PS-Funktionen
	 viele Dinge erledigen lassen, bei denen sonst auf externe Programme
	 zur{\"u}ckgegriffen wird. Dies wird im Folgenden f{\"u}r die mathematischen
	 Funktionen im Zusammenhang mit dem Paket \texttt{pst-plot} gezeigt. },
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:voss:gauss-sty,
  author = {Herbert Vo{\ss}},
  title = {{\texttt{gauss.sty}} -- Visualisierung des Gaußschen Eliminationsverfahrens},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {3/02},
  pages = {34--40},
  month = oct,
  abstract = {Die Zahl der vorhanden \LaTeX-Pakete
	 ist sicherlich endlich, wenn man auch manchmal den gegenteiligen
	 Eindruck hat. Neben den mehr oder weniger bekannten Paketen gibt es eine
	 erhebliche Anzahl, die einem großen Anwenderkreis deswegen nicht
	 bekannt sind, weil deren Anwendung häufig sehr speziell ist. Dazu
	 gehört sicherlich das Paket \texttt{gauss}, welches nur sehr spezielle
	 Wünsche erfüllt, die im Folgenden an Beispielen beschrieben werden. },
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@BOOK{bib:pst,
  title = {PSTricks -- Grafik mit PostScrpt für {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}},
  publisher = {Lehmanns Fachbuchhandlung},
  year = {2004},
  author = {Herbert Voß},
  address = {Hamburg},
  month = jun,
  isbn = {3-86541-053-7},
  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:wallmeier:deutsches,
  author = {Markus Wallmeier},
  title = {Deutsches und internationales {\BibTeX}ing},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {1/92},
  pages = {35--38},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {BibTeX},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:wallmeier:probleme,
  author = {Martin Wallmeier},
  title = {Probleme mit langen {\"U}berschriften in {\LaTeX} und ein {L}{\"o}sungsvorschlag},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {1/93},
  pages = {43--46},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {{\"U}berschriften},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:waschik:bericht,
  author = {Sebastian Waschik},
  title = {Bericht von der Herbsttagung von \dante{}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {4/03},
  pages = {12--14},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:weibezahn:tex-tagung,
  author = {Roland Weibezahn},
  title = {{\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2003 in Bremen -- Einladung und Call for Papers},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {3/02},
  pages = {5--6},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:wellssow:bericht,
  author = {Arne Well{\ss}ow},
  title = {Bericht {\"u}ber {DANTE}'92 in {H}amburg},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {2/92},
  pages = {7--12},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#theatertage#},
  keywords = {Tagungsbericht},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:werntges:grafik-import,
  author = {Heinz Werntges},
  title = {Grafik-{I}mport in {\LaTeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {2/93},
  pages = {38--53},
  month = sep,
  note = {Einbinden von Grafiken in {\LaTeX} mit Beispielen und diversen Wandelprogrammen.},
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Grafik, c't, Postscript, Rastergrafik, eps, Vektorgrafik, Metafont, \PiCTeX,
	 Xfig, \TeX{}cad, GhostScript, DVIPS, em\TeX, RUMgraph, bm2font, hp2xx},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:werntges:hp2xx,
  author = {Heinz Werntges},
  title = {\texttt{hp2xx} -- {E}in {K}onverter f{\"u}r {HPGL}-{D}ateien},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {2/91},
  pages = {14--23},
  month = aug,
  abstract = {HPGL ist ein Quasi-Standard f{\"u}r Vektorgrafiken. Wer HPGL-Bilder in {\TeX}-Dokumente
	 einbinden will, erh{\"a}lt mit \texttt{hp2xx} ein Hilfsmittel f{\"u}r
	 alle typischen Vorgehensweisen: \texttt{hp2xx} kann Druckdateien
	 erzeugen, so da{\ss} Abbildungen in alter Weise separat gedruckt und
	 eingeklebt werden k{\"o}nnen, generiert aber auch Rastergrafik (PCX),
	 entweder f{\"u}r die direkte Einbindung wie mit den {em\TeX}-Treibern,
	 oder f{\"u}r Weiterverarbeitung wie z.\,B. mit \texttt{bm2font}.
	 Das EPS-Format (encapsulated \textsc{PostScript}) erm{\"o}glicht
	 aufl{\"o}sungsunabh{\"a}ngige Bildeinbindung und ist insbesondere f{\"u}r
	 hochaufl{\"o}sende Drucker oder Lichtsatzanlagen interessant. Auch
	 \textsc{Metafont} wird unterst{\"u}tzt. Auf DOS-Rechnern mit VGA-Grafik ist
	 schlie{\ss}lich ein Preview-Modus realisiert. Das ausf{\"u}hrbare Programm ist
	 {\glqq}public domain{\grqq} und wird zur Zeit auf DOS, Sun (Sparc), sowie
	 (mit Einschr{\"a}nkungen) auf VAX/VMS und ATARI unterst{\"u}tzt.},
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {hp2xx, Konverter, Rastergrafik, Bilder, Postscript, bm2font, eps},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:wiechern:test,
  author = {Hartmut Wiechern},
  title = {Test zweier {A}tari-{V}ersionen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {3/91},
  pages = {34--37},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Atari, Lindner-\TeX, Strunk-\TeX},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:wiechern:nachtrag,
  author = {Hartmut Wiechern},
  title = {Nachtrag zum {A}tari-{\TeX}-{T}est},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {4/91},
  pages = {43--45},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Atari},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:wilhelms:4alltex-preview,
  author = {Gerhard Wilhelms},
  title = {4all{\TeX}-Preview -- {\TeX}\ f{\"u}r alle?},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {3/99},
  pages = {51--56},
  month = aug,
  abstract = {4all{\TeX} 5.0 ist eine {\TeX}-Umgebung f{\"u}r
	 Windows. Diesem Bericht liegt eine Vorab-Version zugrunde. Kleine
	 Unzul{\"a}nglichkeiten dieser Version wurden umgehend vom Autorenteam Erik
	 Frambach/Wietse Dol abgestellt. Der Bericht soll als Entscheidungshilfe
	 dienen, ob 4all{\TeX} als Alternative f{\"u}r das eigene System in
	 Frage kommen kann. Ein erweiterter Praxistest der endg{\"u}ltigen
	 Version von 4all{\TeX} folgt in der n{\"a}chsten Ausgabe von "`\DTK"'. },
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:wilhelms:etwas,
  author = {Gerhard Wilhelms},
  title = {Eine etwas andere {B}uchrezension},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {3/96},
  pages = {70--75},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  keywords = {PostScript, Acrobat, PDF, Rezension},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:willadt:texin,
  author = {Peter Willadt},
  title = {{\TeX}\ in der Apotheke: ABDA-K{\"a}rtchen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {1/00},
  month = may,
  abstract = {{\TeX}\ eignet sich nicht
	 nur zum Erstellen von {\em beautifully typset documents}, sondern
	 ebenso als Werkzeug f{\"u}r schn{\"o}de Alltagsaufgaben. In diesem
	 Beitrag wird eine Einsatzm{\"o}glichkeit beschrieben, bei der der
	 Endanwender fast ohne Kenntnisse der {\TeX}-Makrosprache auskommt. },
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {52--54},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:willadt:arial,
  author = {Peter Willadt},
  title = {Arial installieren},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {2/00},
  pages = {16--21},
  month = jul,
  abstract = {Layout-Vorschriften erzwingen gelegentlich die Verwendung einer nicht in einer
	 Standard-{\TeX}-Distribution enthaltenen Schrift. Im Folgenden wird am Beispiel
	 \emph{Arial} beschrieben, wie eine solche Schrift installiert wird, wenn die
	 ben{\"o}tigten \texttt{tfm}- und \texttt{vf}-Dateien bereits vorliegen. },
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:willadt:robert,
  author = {Peter Willadt},
  title = {Robert Bringhurst: The Elements of Typographic Style},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {2/00},
  pages = {58--59},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#rezension#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:willadt:zeilenabstaende,
  author = {Peter Willadt},
  title = {Zeilenabst\"ande},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {3/00},
  pages = {31--36},
  month = sep,
  abstract = {Der Zeilenabstand entscheidet mit dar\"uber, wie
	 gut ein Text lesbar ist. Zu kleine Zeilenabst\"ande f\"uhren dazu,
	 dass man die einzelnen Worte nur schwer entziffern kann; auch das
	 Verrutschen des Auges von einer Zeile in eine andere wird dadurch
	 beg\"unstigt. Zu gro\ss{}e Zeilenabst\"ande sehen seltsam aus; statt eines
	 gleichm\"a\ss{}igen Grauwertes wirkt die Seite "`gestreift"'. Mithin am
	 schlimmsten sind ungleiche Zeilenabst\"ande; der Leser wei{\ss} nicht, ob
	 ein Absatz endet oder ob es sich um ein Zufallsprodukt handelt. Im
	 Folgenden wird erl\"autert, wie {\TeX}\ mit Zeilenabst\"anden umgeht. },
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:willadt:rohdaten,
  author = {Peter Willadt},
  title = {Rohdaten einlesen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {1/99},
  pages = {33--36},
  month = feb,
  abstract = {Die Bearbeitung von Daten, die von anderen Programmen erzeugt wurden, f{\"a}llt
	 am leichtesten, wenn beim Datenexport Markup eingef{\"u}gt werden
	 kann, das \TeX\ versteht. In diesem Artikel soll gezeigt werden,
	 wie auch Daten, die kein Markup enthalten, jedoch in einem genau
	 festgelegten Format vorliegen, von \TeX\ bearbeitet werden k{\"o}nnen.},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:willadt:tex,
  author = {Peter Willadt},
  title = {{\TeX} f{\"u}r Serient{\"a}ter},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {3/99},
  pages = {41--50},
  month = aug,
  abstract = {Dieser Artikel erl{\"a}utert zuerst Anforderungen, die die Post an
	 Serienbriefe stellt, anschlie{\ss}end werden Hinweise zur Optimierung der
	 Verarbeitungsgeschwindigkeit seitens {\TeX} und des Druckers gegeben. },
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:willadt:verflixte,
  author = {Peter Willadt},
  title = {Das verflixte achte {B}it},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {4/97},
  pages = {29--39},
  month = feb,
  abstract = {Wenn eine bestehende {\TeX}-Installation auf 8-Bit-Eingabe und 8-Bit-Zeichens{\"a}tze umgestellt wird,
	 ergeben sich einige neue Aspekte. Der Schwerpunkt dieses Artikels liegt
	 weniger bei den Details der Umstellung selbst, als vielmehr bei den
	 Ver{\"a}nderungen, die diese f{\"u}r die t{\"a}gliche Arbeit mit sich bringen.},
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {8-Bit, Fonts (8-Bit), Kodierung, Fonts (EC), EC-Fonts},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:willadt:ergaenzungsvorschlag,
  author = {Peter Willadt},
  title = {Erg{\"a}nzungsvorschlag zum {R}edaktionsstatut},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {2/98},
  pages = {25},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:willadt:tabellen,
  author = {Peter Willadt},
  title = {Tabellen importieren},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {2/98},
  pages = {42--45},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Tabellen},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:willadt:tex,
  author = {Peter Willadt},
  title = {{\TeX} entfesselt -- "`{\TeX} unbound"' von {A}lan {H}oenig},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {2/98},
  pages = {52--53},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  keywords = {Rezension},
  reference = {Alan Hoenig: \emph{\TeX\ unbound --
	 \LaTeX\ \& \TeX Strategies for Fonts, Graphics and More}\\ Oxford
	 University Press, Oxford and New Yort, 1998\\ ISBN: 0-19-509686-X
	 (Paperback) 0-19-509685-1 (hardbound)\\ 594 Seiten, \$\,35 / \$\,60},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:willadt:skalierbare,
  author = {Peter Willadt},
  title = {Skalierbare {S}chriften},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {3/98},
  pages = {10--19},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Fonts, Schriften, skalieren, PostScript, TrueType, PSNFSS},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:willadt:tex,
  author = {Peter Willadt},
  title = {{\TeX} im {I}nternet -- {T}ips f{\"u}r den {E}instieg},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {3/98},
  pages = {30--34},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Internet, WWW, FTP, E-Mail},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:willadt:mikrotypographie-regeln,
  author = {Peter Willadt},
  title = {Mikrotypographie-{R}egeln, {T}eil {II}, {H}eft 1/97},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {2/97},
  pages = {43},
  month = jul,
  note = {mit Antwort von Marion Neubauer},
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, DIN-Vorschrift Datum, neue Rechtschreibung},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:willadt:orale,
  author = {Peter Willadt},
  title = {Orale {S}pielereien -- {T}eil {III}, {H}eft 4/95},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {1/96},
  pages = {58--59},
  month = jun,
  note = {mit einer Antwort von Bernd Raichle},
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, Leserbrief},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:willadt:anregungen,
  author = {Peter Willadt},
  title = {Anregungen hinsichtlich der {S}oftwareverteilung von {DANTE} e.{V}.},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {3/92},
  pages = {29--30},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@BOOK{bib:wegwsch,
  title = {Wegweiser Schrift. Erste Hilfe im Umgang mit Schrift},
  publisher = {Schmidt},
  year = {2003},
  author = {Hans Peter Willberg},
  address = {Mainz},
  edition = {2},
  isbn = {3-87439-569-3},
  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
}

@BOOK{bib:ehtypo,
  title = {Erste Hilfe in Typografie},
  publisher = {Schmidt},
  year = {2003},
  author = {Hans Peter Willberg and Friedrich Forssmann},
  address = {Mainz},
  edition = {4},
  isbn = {3-87439-474-3},
  abstract = {Sie treffen täglich Schriftentscheidungen, aber bislang eher nach dem "I like it" des Tages? Sie
	 nehmen immer ein und dieselbe Schrift, aber die Texte von anderen
	 gefallen Ihnen oft besser? Dann hilft Ihnen Wegweiser Schrift als
	 Leitfaden im Schriften-Dschungel. Auf 100 anschaulichen Seiten führt
	 Hans Peter Willberg Gestalter unzähliger ausgezeichneter Bücher,
	 renommierter Fachautor und emeritierter Professor allgemeinverständlich
	 in Form, Stil und Geschichte der Schriften ein, sensibilisiert für
	 Charakter und Wirkung verschiedener Schriften, passende Mischungen
	 und erläutert die wichtigsten Regeln im Umgang mit Schrift. Viele
	 Praxisübungen und ungezählte Beispiele lassen Wegweiser Schrift zu einer
	 vergnüglichen Lektüre werden, die neben keinem Computer fehlen sollte.},
  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
}

@BOOK{bib:willms,
  title = {{\LaTeX} echt einfach},
  publisher = {Franzis Verlag},
  year = {2003},
  author = {Roland Willms},
  address = {Poing},
  edition = {3},
  isbn = {3-7723-6888-3},
  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:wisser:amiga,
  author = {Ulrich Wisser},
  title = {Amiga und {\TeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {1/93},
  pages = {35--41},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Amiga, Amiga\TeX, Pas\TeX},
}

@BOOK{bib:wobst,
  title = {Abenteuer Kryptologie -- Methoden, Risiken und Nutzen der Datenverschlüsselung},
  publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
  year = {2001},
  author = {Reinhard Wobst},
  series = {net.com},
  address = {München},
  edition = {3},
  isbn = {3-8273-1815-7},
  keywords = {Kryptologie, PGP, Sicherheit},
  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:woehle:geraeteunabhaengigkeit,
  author = {Hartmut W{\"o}hle},
  title = {Ger{\"a}teunabh{\"a}ngigkeit},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {1/92},
  pages = {55},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:zapf:meine,
  author = {Hermann Zapf},
  title = {Meine Zusammenarbeit mit Don Knuth und meine Schriftentw{\"u}rfe},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {1/00},
  pages = {37--44},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:zapf:has,
  author = {Hermann Zapf},
  title = {Has type design any future},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {2/94},
  pages = {11--13},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
  keywords = {Stammtisch},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:zierke:latex,
  author = {Reinhard Zierke},
  title = {The {\LaTeX} {C}ompanion},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {4/93},
  pages = {46--48},
  month = apr,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:zierke:stammtischbericht,
  author = {Reinhard Zierke},
  title = {Stammtischbericht aus {H}amburg},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {1/92},
  pages = {25--26},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
  keywords = {Stammtisch},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:zierke:vieweg,
  author = {Reinhard Zierke},
  title = {Das {V}ieweg {\LaTeX}-{B}uch: {E}ine praxisorientierte {E}inf{\"u}hrung},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1992},
  volume = {2/92},
  pages = {48--49},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  keywords = {Rezension},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:zierke:tagungsbericht,
  author = {Reinhard Zierke},
  title = {Tagungsbericht vom 9.~{T}reffen der deutschen {\TeX}-{I}nteressenten in {G}{\"o}ttingen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {3/90},
  pages = {11--16},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#theatertage#},
  keywords = {Tagungsbericht},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:zierke:vereinfachter,
  author = {Reinhard Zierke},
  title = {Vereinfachter {\TeX}-{A}ufruf unter {U}nix},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {4/90},
  pages = {17--22},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
  keywords = {Unix, \TeX-Aufruf},
}

@BOOK{bib:zilm,
  title = {\LaTeX -- Das Einsteigerseminar},
  publisher = {351 Seiten, Verlag moderne industrie Buch, ISBN: 3-8266-7269-0, 9,95\,\euro},
  year = {2003},
  author = {Thorsten Zilm},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:latex3-projekt:latex2e,
  author = {{\LaTeX}3-Projekt},
  title = {{\LaTeXe} -- {A} {N}ew {V}ersion of {\LaTeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1993},
  volume = {4/93},
  pages = {8--10},
  month = apr,
  altnumber = {4},
  altvolume = {5},
  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
  keywords = {\LaTeX3, \LaTeX-Entwicklung},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:team:enters,
  author = {{\NTS\ Team}},
  title = {\NTS{} Enters Alpha Test},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {2/00},
  pages = {9--10},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:texmerchandising-project:year2001,
  author = {{\TeX Merchandising Project}, Martin Schr{\"o}der},
  title = {Der \textbackslash{}year=2001 {\TeX} Kalender},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {4/00},
  pages = {55--56},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:tex-merchandising-project:2004,
  author = {{\TeX} Merchandising Project, Martin Schr{\"o}der},
  title = {Der {\textbackslash year=2004|} {\TeX} Kalender},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {4/03},
  pages = {69--70},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:tex-merchandising-project:year2003,
  author = {{\TeX} Merchandising Project, Martin Schr{\"o}der},
  title = {Der {\textbackslash}year=2003 {\TeX} Kalender},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2002},
  volume = {4/02},
  pages = {63--64},
  month = dec,
  altnumber = {14},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:tex-merchandising-project:year2002,
  author = {{\TeX} Merchandising Project, Martin Schr{\"o}der},
  title = {Der {\textbackslash}year=2002 {\TeX}-Kalender},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2001},
  volume = {3/01},
  pages = {61--62},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {13},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:tex-merchandising-project:year2000-tex-kalender,
  author = {{\TeX}-Merchandising-Project, Martin Schr{\"o}der},
  title = {Der {\textbackslash{}year}=2000-{\TeX}-Kalender},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {1/00},
  pages = {57--58},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:fitug-e-v-.ea:mehr,
  author = {{Fitug e.V.} and others},
  title = {Mehr Rechtssicherheit bei Software-Patenten},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {1/00},
  pages = {55--57},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {1},
  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
}

@BOOK{bib:sisystem,
  title = {The International System of Units (SI)},
  publisher = {National Institute of Standards and Technology},
  year = {2001},
  editor = {Barry N. Taylor},
  author = {{International Bureau of Weights and Measures}},
  volume = {330},
  series = {NIST Special Publication},
  address = {Gaithersburg, MD 20899-0001},
  edition = {7},
  month = jul,
  abstract = {The International System of Units, universally
	 abbreviated SI (from the French Le Syste`me International d?Unite?s ), is
	 the modern metric system of measurement. Long the dominant system
	 used in science, the SI is rapidly becoming the dominant measurement
	 system used in international commerce. In recognition of this fact
	 and the increasing global nature of the marketplace, the Omnibus
	 Trade and Competitiveness Act of 1988, which changed the name of
	 the National Bureau of Standards (NBS) to the National Institute
	 of Standards and Technology (NIST) and gave to NIST the added task
	 of helping U.S. industry increase its competitiveness, designates
	 ?the metric system of measurement as the preferred system of weights
	 and measures for United States trade and commerce.? The definitive
	 international reference on the SI is a booklet published by the International
	 Bureau ofWeights and Measures (BIPM, Bureau International des Poids et
	 Mesures ) and often referred to as the BIPM SI Brochure. Entitled Le
	 Syste`me International d?Unite?s (SI) , the booklet is in French
	 followed by a text in English. This 2001 edition of NIST Special
	 Publication (SP) 330 is the United States version of the English text of
	 the seventh edition of the Brochure (the most current). However,
	 it also incorporates the contents of Supplement 2000: addenda and
	 corrigenda to the 7th edition (1998) [Supple?ment 2000: additions
	 et corrections a` la 7e e?dition (1998)] published by the BIPM in
	 June 2000. The 2001 edition of NIST SP 330 replaces its immediate
	 predecessor, the 1991 edition, which was based on the sixth edition of the
	 BIPM SI Brochure published in 1991. Like its 1991 predecessor, this
	 edition of NIST SP 330 conforms with the English text in the BIPM SI
	 Brochure but contains a few minor differences to reflect the most recent
	 interpretation of the SI for the United States by the Secretary of
	 Commerce, as published in the Federal Register of July 28, 1998, 63 FR
	 40334-40340. (The Metric Conversion Act of 1975 gives the Secretary of
	 Commerce the responsibility of interpreting or modifying the SI for use
	 in the United States.) These differences are as follows: (i) The
	 spelling of English words is in accordance with the United States
	 Government Printing Office Style Manual, which follows Webster?s Third New
	 International Dictionary rather than the Oxford Dictionary. Thus the
	 spellings ?meter,? ?liter,? and ?deca? are used rather than ?metre,?
	 ?litre,? and ?deka? as in the original BIPM English text; (ii) the name
	 of the unit with symbol t and defined according to 1 t = 103 kg is
	 called ?metric ton? rather than ?tonne?; (iii) the four units curie,
	 roentgen, rad, and rem are included in Table 8; (iv) a number of
	 ?Editor?s notes? are added in order to indicate such differences
	 (except spelling differences) and to clarify the text; and (v) a few
	 very minor editorial changes are made in order to ?Americanize? some
	 phrases. Because of the importance of the SI to science, technology, and
	 commerce, and because (i) NIST coordinates the Federal Government
	 policy on the conversion to the SI by Federal agencies and on the
	 use of the SI by U.S. industry, (ii) NIST provides official U.S.
	 representation in the various international bodies established by the Meter
	 Convention (see Appendix 3), and (iii) the Secretary of Commerce has
	 delegated his authority to interpret or modify the SI for use in
	 the United States to the NIST Director, NIST provides a number of
	 other sources of information on the SI in addition to NIST SP 330.
	 These include NIST Special Publication 811, Guide for the Use of the
	 International System of Units (SI), by Barry N. Taylor; and NIST
	 Special Publication 814, Interpretation of the SI for the United
	 States and Metric Conversion Policy for Federal Agencies, Barry N.
	 Taylor, Editor. Further, NIST SP 330, NIST SP 811, the aforementioned
	 1998 Federal Register notice, the ?essentials? of the SI together
	 with useful background information, and links to other organizations
	 involved with the SI, for example, the NIST Metric Program and the BIPM
	 itself, are all available on the Web site entitled ?NIST Reference on
	 Constants, Units, and Uncertainty? at physics.nist.gov/cuu. Users of this
	 NIST publication are encouraged to take advantage of these other
	 sources of information. I should like to thank James B. McCracken of
	 the NIST Metric Program, NIST Guest Researcher Ralph P. Hudson, and
	 Ilse E. Putman of the NIST Electronic Typesetting Group for their
	 highly capable assistance in the preparation of this publication.},
  comment = {Ersetzt Version von 1998},
  organization = {United States Department of Commerce},
  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
  url = {http://physics.nist.gov/cuu/pdf/sp811.pdf},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:bexten.hiltner:latex,
  author = {Erdmuthe {Meyer zu Bexten} and Jens Hiltner},
  title = {{\LaTeX}: Das ideale Satzsystem f{\"u}r blinde Studierende in naturwissenschaftlichen Disziplinen?},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1999},
  volume = {3/99},
  pages = {14--26},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {11},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:mid:publisher,
  author = {{MID/Information Logistics Group GmbH}},
  title = {Publisher},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {1/90},
  pages = {40--41},
  month = mar,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#rezension#},
  key = {mid:publisher},
  keywords = {Rezension},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:wolfrum-jr-:os2,
  author = {Philipp {Wolfrum jr.}},
  title = {{OS/2} und {\TeX}},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1994},
  volume = {1/94},
  pages = {54--55},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {6},
  annote = {#leserbrief#},
  keywords = {Leserbrief, OS/2},
}

@BOOK{bib:oxford,
  title = {Oxford Advanced Learner's Dictionary},
  publisher = {Cornelsen},
  year = {1995},
  editor = {Jonathan Crowther and Kathryn Kavanagh and Michael Ashby},
  address = {Berlin},
  edition = {5},
  isbn = {3-464-11223-0},
  owner = {Christian Faulhammer},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:typograpf,
  title = {Typograpf der Zeit -- Hans Peter Willberg ist tot},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {3/03},
  pages = {57--58},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#rezension#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:tex,
  title = {{\TeX} Collection: Fehler und Updates},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2003},
  volume = {4/03},
  pages = {27--28},
  month = nov,
  altnumber = {15},
  altvolume = {4},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.2::tex-raetsel,
  title = {{\TeX}-R\"atsel},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {2/00},
  pages = {35},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:tex-raetsel,
  title = {{\TeX}-R{\"atsel}: Die L\"osung},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {2000},
  volume = {3/00},
  pages = {54},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {12},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#bretter#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:redaktionsstatut,
  title = {Redaktionsstatut},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {1/98},
  pages = {36--39},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:bericht,
  title = {Bericht des {W}irtschaftpr{\"u}fers},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1998},
  volume = {2/98},
  pages = {12--25},
  month = sep,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {10},
  annote = {#hinterbuehne#},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:latex-raetsel,
  title = {{\LaTeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {2/97},
  pages = {40},
  month = jul,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Kreuzwortr{\"a}tsel},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:latex-raetsel,
  title = {{\LaTeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel, {H}eft 2/97: {A}ufl{\"o}sung},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1997},
  volume = {3/97},
  pages = {25},
  month = oct,
  altnumber = {3},
  altvolume = {9},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  keywords = {Kreuzwortr{\"a}tsel},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:ftp.shsu.edu,
  title = {ftp.shsu.edu},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {1/96},
  pages = {24},
  month = jun,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#fremdebuehne#},
  key = {ftp.shsu.edu},
  keywords = {Humor, Satire},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:latex-raetsel,
  title = {{\LaTeXTeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1996},
  volume = {2/96},
  pages = {69},
  month = aug,
  altnumber = {2},
  altvolume = {8},
  annote = {#beiprogramm#},
  key = {latex-raetsel},
  keywords = {Kreuzwortr{\"a}tsel},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:physikalisches-maerchen,
  title = {Ein physikalisches {M}{\"a}rchen},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1991},
  volume = {1/91},
  pages = {32--33},
  month = may,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {3},
  annote = {#magazin#},
  key = {physikalisches maerchen},
}

@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:rotkaeppchen,
  title = {Rotk{\"a}ppchen, wie der {I}nformatiker es seinen {K}indern erz{\"a}hlt},
  journal = dtk,
  year = {1990},
  volume = {1/90},
  pages = {44--45},
  month = mar,
  altnumber = {1},
  altvolume = {2},
  annote = {#magazin#},
  keywords = {Humor, Satire},
  optauthor = {N. N.},
}